JP2005124071A - Image processing apparatus, image processing method, computer-readable storage medium storing program, and program - Google Patents
Image processing apparatus, image processing method, computer-readable storage medium storing program, and program Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- JP2005124071A JP2005124071A JP2003359581A JP2003359581A JP2005124071A JP 2005124071 A JP2005124071 A JP 2005124071A JP 2003359581 A JP2003359581 A JP 2003359581A JP 2003359581 A JP2003359581 A JP 2003359581A JP 2005124071 A JP2005124071 A JP 2005124071A
- Authority
- JP
- Japan
- Prior art keywords
- data
- image processing
- image
- unit
- memory
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Images
Landscapes
- Image Input (AREA)
- Storing Facsimile Image Data (AREA)
Abstract
ã課é¡ã èšå®ãããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãçã®æ¡ä»¶ã«é©å¿ããŠç¢ºä¿ãããç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã®äžéãããã¡ã確ä¿ããŠãåãããã¯éã®äžéãããã¡ã®ãµã€ãºãåŠçå
容ãšèœåã«å¿ããŠæé©åããŠãæå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã®ç»åããŒã¿åŠçæã«ããããããã¡ç®¡çåŠçè² æ
ã軜æžããããšã§ããã
ãè§£æ±ºææ®µã æå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœæ¯ã®ããŒã¿æžã蟌ã¿åŠçãŸãã¯ããŒã¿èªã¿åºãåŠçã®ããã®åŠçããŒã¿ãäžææ»çãããäžéãããã¡ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ç¢ºä¿ããŠã該äžéãããã¡äžã®æ»çããŒã¿éãã¢ãã¿ãã該æ»çããŒã¿éã«åºã¥ããŠïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã«ããäžéãããã¡äžãžã®æå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœæ¯ã®ããŒã¿æžã蟌ã¿åŠçãŸãã¯ããŒã¿èªã¿åºãåŠçããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã調åããæ§æãç¹åŸŽãšããã
ãéžæå³ã å³ïŒPROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To secure an intermediate buffer in a rectangular shape unit that is secured in accordance with conditions such as a set image processing mode, and optimize the size of the intermediate buffer between blocks according to processing contents and capability, This is to reduce the burden of buffer management processing when processing image data of a predetermined rectangular unit.
An intermediate buffer for temporarily retaining processing data for data writing processing or data reading processing for each predetermined rectangular shape unit is secured in a main memory 100, and the amount of retained data on the intermediate buffer is monitored, The buffer arbitration units 77 and 78 arbitrate data write processing or data read processing for each predetermined rectangular unit on the intermediate buffer by the DMAC 91 based on the amount of staying data.
[Selection] Figure 1
Description
æ¬çºæã¯ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªã«ç¢ºä¿ãããåŠçããŒã¿ãäžææ»çãããäžéãããã¡ãšãåèšäžéãããã¡ã®å段ã«é 眮ãããå ¥åãããç»åããŒã¿ãæå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã§å å·¥ããŠåèšäžéãããã¡ãžã®å ¥åããŒã¿ãçæãã第ïŒã®ç»ååŠçãããã¯ãšãåèšäžéãããã¡ã®åŸæ®µã«é 眮ãããåèšäžéãããã¡ããèªã¿åºããããŒã¿ãå å·¥ãã第ïŒã®ç»ååŠçãããã¯ãšãåããç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ããã³ç»ååŠçæ¹æ³ããã³ã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ãèªã¿åãå¯èœãªããã°ã©ã ãæ ŒçŽããèšæ¶åªäœããã³ããã°ã©ã ã«é¢ãããã®ã§ããã   The present invention provides an intermediate buffer that is secured in a main memory and temporarily stores processing data, and is arranged in a preceding stage of the intermediate buffer. The input image data is processed in a predetermined rectangular unit and input to the intermediate buffer. An image processing apparatus, an image processing method, and a computer comprising: a first image processing block that generates data; and a second image processing block that is arranged after the intermediate buffer and that processes data read from the intermediate buffer. The present invention relates to a storage medium storing a readable program and a program.
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãåŸæ¥ã®ç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçåè·¯ã»èšé²ç»ååŠçåè·¯ã®æ§æã瀺ããããã¯å³ã§ããã   FIG. 35 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a scanner image processing circuit / recorded image processing circuit in a conventional image processing apparatus.
å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ãšããŠã¯ãïŒCharged Coupled DeviceïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãŸãã¯ïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒContact Image SensorïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãšãã£ãå
åŠçŽ åãçšããããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ã©ã€ã³åäœã«æå®ã®åºå圢åŒã«åŸã£ãããŒã¿ããããããã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹ïŒïŒ£ïŒ£ïŒ€ïœïŒïœïŒåè·¯ïŒïŒïŒïŒãã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹ïŒïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïœïŒïœïŒåè·¯ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ããïŒïŒ€å€æãããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããã
  As shown in FIG. 35, an optical element such as a CCD (Charged Coupled Device) 2010 or a CIS (Contact Image Sensor) 2110 is used as an image reading device, and data in accordance with a predetermined output format for each line in the main scanning direction. Are A / D converted by the CCD interface (CCDi / f)
ãã®å ŽåãïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒ²ããã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããŒã¿ããããããã©ã¬ã«ã«åºåãããã®å¯ŸããïŒïŒïŒïŒããåºåãããä¿¡å·ã¯ïŒ¬ïŒ¥ïŒ€ã®ç¹ç¯é äœã«åŸããããã®ããŒã¿ãã·ãªã¢ã«ã«åºåããããšãããåºåããŒã¿ã®ç¹æ§ã®çžéã«ãããããããå°çšã®ã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹åè·¯ãèšããããæå®ã®ïŒ¡ïŒïŒ€å€æåŠçãçµãŠãèªã¿åãããç»åããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ³ïŒ€ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒå
ã®äžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããæ§æãšãªã£ãŠããã
  In this case, the
èšé²ç³»ã§ã¯å§çž®ããŒã¿ãã¡ã¢ãªããèªã¿åºãã䌞é·åŸã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ³ïŒ€ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒå
ã®äžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããäžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒãä»ããŠèšé²ç»ååŠçãæœããïŒïŒïŒïŒã«åºåããæ§æã«ãªã£ãŠããã
  The LBP recording system reads compressed data from the memory, stores the compressed data in the intermediate buffer 2200-2 in the main memory (SDRAM) 2200, performs recording image processing via the intermediate buffer 2200-2, and outputs the processed data to the
å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèªã¿åãç³»ã®åç»ååŠçãããã¯ïŒã·ã§ãŒãã£ã³ã°è£æ£ïŒïŒ³ïŒšïŒ€ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãæåå€å®åŠçïŒïŒºïŒ³ïŒ§ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒããã£ã«ã¿åŠçïŒïŒ®ïŒ³ïŒŠïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒ®ïŒ³ïŒŠïŒïŒïŒ¬ïŒ©ïŒ°ïŒïŒïŒïŒçïŒã«ã¯ãå°çšã®ã©ã€ã³ãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïœãïŒïŒïŒïŒïœãèšããããŠããããã®ãããªåè·¯æ§æã«ãããŠãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ³ïŒ€ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒå
ã®äžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããããŒã¿ããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ã©ã€ã³åäœã§èªã¿åºããå°çšã®ã©ã€ã³ãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœãïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æ ŒçŽããŠãåå¥ã®ç»ååŠçãæœããšããæ§æãæ¡ãããŠããã
  In FIG. 35,
èšé²ç³»ã®åç»ååŠçãããã¯ïŒè§£ååºŠå€æïŒã«ã¯ãå°çšã®ã©ã€ã³ãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒãèšããããŠããããã®ãããªåè·¯æ§æã«ãããŠãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ³ïŒ€ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒå
ã®äžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããããŒã¿ïŒïŒïŒïŒããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ã©ã€ã³åäœã§èªã¿åºããå°çšã®ã©ã€ã³ãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽããŠè§£ååºŠå€æéšïŒïŒïŒïŒã§è§£ååºŠå€æãè¡ã£ãåŸãïŒïŒïŒïŒã«åºåå°åãããšããæ§æãæ¡ãããŠããã
  Each image processing block (resolution conversion) of the recording system is provided with a
ãŸããäžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒã«å¯Ÿããæžã蟌ã¿èªã¿åºãã®å¶åŸ¡ã¯ãœãããŠãšã¢äžã§ç®¡çããŠããã   Control of writing / reading on the intermediate buffers 2200-1 and 2200-2 is managed by software.
åŸæ¥ã®æ¹æ³ã§ã¯ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ³ïŒ€ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒå ã®äžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒã䞻走æ»ã©ã€ã³åäœã§å¶åŸ¡ãããããäžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒã®ã©ã€ã³æ°ã¯ãœãããŠãšã¢ã§ç®¡çããå Žåã§ããããŒããŠã§ã¢ã®åŠçèœåã«å¿ããŠãœãããŠãšã¢ãå¶åŸ¡å¯èœãªãããã¡åäœãïŒé¢åããåŠçç³»ãåãããšã§ãããã¡å®¹éãæ¥µç«¯ã«å¢å€§ããããšã¯ãªãã£ãã   In the conventional method, since the intermediate buffers 2200-1 and 2200-2 in the main memory (SDRAM) 2200 are controlled in units of main scanning lines, the number of lines in the intermediate buffers 2200-1 and 2200-2 is managed by software. However, the buffer capacity does not increase extremely by adopting a processing system having two buffer units that can be controlled by software according to the processing capability of the hardware.
äžèšã®åŸæ¥äŸã®æ§æãé瀺ããå
è¡æè¡ãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãç¹èš±æç®ïŒãïŒã«ããé瀺ããããã®ãããã
  As prior art which discloses the configuration of the above-described conventional example, for example, there are those disclosed in
ç¹ã«ãç¹èš±æç®ïŒã«ã¯ãå°çšã®ã©ã€ã³ãããã¡ã«å¯ŸããŠãã©ã€ã³åäœã§æžã蟌ã¿ãå¶åŸ¡ãã調ååè·¯ã«ã€ããŠã®èšèŒãããã
  In particular,
ãŸããç¹èš±æç®ïŒã«ã¯ããªã³ã°åœ¢ç¶ã§äœ¿çšããã©ã€ã³ãããã¡ã®ãæ®éæ€åºææ®µã«ã€ããŠã®èšèŒãããã
ããããªãããååŠçéšããšã«å°çšã®ã©ã€ã³ãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïœãïŒïŒïŒïŒïœãæããåç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã«ããèªã¿åã£ãç»åããŒã¿ã®äžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒãžã®æ ŒçŽãšãç»ååŠçéšã«ãããåŠçããåå¥ã®ã©ã€ã³ãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒã®ä»åšç¡ãã«ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«é©å¿ããæå®ã®åäœïŒäŸãã°ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ïŒã«ååºããŠãããŒã¿åŠçãå¶åŸ¡ããç»ååŠçè£
眮ã§ã¯ãäžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒããã®èªã¿åºãåäœãè€æ°ã©ã€ã³åäœãšãªãããããœãããŠã§ã¢äžã§ã®ãããã¡ç®¡çãè¡ããšããããã¡ã¡ã¢ãªã®å¢å€§ãããã¯ãœãããŠã§ã¢åŠçã®è² è·å¢ãæããŠããŸãä»ã«ããŒããŠã§ã¢æ§èœã掻ãããªããšèšã£ãåé¡ããã£ãã
  However, each processing unit does not have a
ãŸããããŒããŠã§ã¢ã®åŠçèœåã«ãã£ãŠäžéãããã¡ãå¢å ãããå¿ èŠããããšããåé¡ç¹ããã£ããäžéãããã¡ã®å®¹éã®å¢å ã¯ã³ã¹ãè² æ ã倧ããããç»ååŠçè£ çœ®å šäœã®äœã³ã¹ãåãé»ãèŠå ãšãªã£ãŠããã   In addition, there is a problem that it is necessary to increase the number of intermediate buffers depending on the processing capability of hardware. An increase in the capacity of the intermediate buffer increases the cost burden and hinders cost reduction of the entire image processing apparatus.
ãŸãããœãããŠãšã¢ã®è² è·äœæžã®ããã«ã©ã€ã³åäœã§äžéãããã¡ã®ç£èŠãè¡ã調ååè·¯ãæ§æããå Žåã«æŒããŠããå ¥åºåã®ããŒã¿åäœãç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ã®å Žåã«ã¯å¯Ÿå¿ã§ããªãã   Further, even in the case of configuring an arbitration circuit that monitors the intermediate buffer in units of lines in order to reduce the software load, it cannot cope with the case where the input / output data units are rectangular.
æ¬çºæã¯ãäžèšã®åé¡ç¹ã解決ããããã«ãªããããã®ã§ãæ¬çºæã®ç®çã¯ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªã«ç¢ºä¿ãããåŠçããŒã¿ãäžææ»çãããäžéãããã¡ãšãåèšäžéãããã¡ã®å段ã«é 眮ãããå ¥åãããç»åããŒã¿ãæå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã§å å·¥ããŠåèšäžéãããã¡ãžã®å ¥åããŒã¿ãçæãã第ïŒã®ç»ååŠçãããã¯ãšãåèšäžéãããã¡ã®åŸæ®µã«é 眮ãããåèšäžéãããã¡ããèªã¿åºããããŒã¿ãå å·¥ãã第ïŒã®ç»ååŠçãããã¯ãšãåããç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããŠãäžéãããã¡äžã®æ»çããŒã¿éãã¢ãã¿ãã該æ»çããŒã¿éã«åºã¥ããŠïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã«ããäžéãããã¡äžãžã®æå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœæ¯ã®ããŒã¿æžã蟌ã¿åŠçãŸãã¯ããŒã¿èªã¿åºãåŠçã調åããããšã«ãããèšå®ãããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãçã®æ¡ä»¶ã«é©å¿ããŠç¢ºä¿ãããç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã®äžéãããã¡ã確ä¿ããŠãåãããã¯éã®äžéãããã¡ã®ãµã€ãºãåŠçå 容ãšèœåã«å¿ããŠæé©åããŠãæå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã®ç»åããŒã¿åŠçæã«ããããããã¡ç®¡çåŠçè² æ ã軜æžããŠå¹çããç»ååŠçãè¡ããå®äŸ¡ãªç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ããã³ç»ååŠçæ¹æ³ããã³ã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ãèªã¿åãå¯èœãªããã°ã©ã ãæ ŒçŽããèšæ¶åªäœããã³ããã°ã©ã ãæäŸããããšã§ããã   The present invention has been made in order to solve the above-described problems. The object of the present invention is to secure an intermediate buffer that is secured in a main memory and temporarily stores processing data, and is arranged in the preceding stage of the intermediate buffer. A first image processing block for processing input image data in a unit of a predetermined rectangular shape to generate input data to the intermediate buffer, and processing the data read from the intermediate buffer, which is arranged after the intermediate buffer In the image processing apparatus including the second image processing block, the amount of staying data on the intermediate buffer is monitored, and data writing processing for each predetermined rectangular shape unit on the intermediate buffer by the DMAC based on the amount of staying data Or a rectangular unit that can be secured by adapting the conditions such as the set image processing mode by arbitrating the data reading process By securing an intermediate buffer and optimizing the size of the intermediate buffer between each block according to the processing content and capability, it reduces the burden of buffer management processing when processing image data in units of a predetermined rectangular shape and efficiently performs image processing. An inexpensive image processing apparatus, image processing method, and storage medium storing a computer-readable program and a program are provided.
æ¬çºæã«ä¿ã第ïŒã®çºæã¯ãç»åå
¥åææ®µã«ãã£ãŠå
¥åãããåèšç»åããŒã¿ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ãã£ãŠãé æ¬¡ã¡ã¢ãªã«æžãèŸŒãæžèŸŒææ®µïŒå³ïŒã«ç€ºãç»ååŠçïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒïŒãšãåèšæžãèŸŒã¿ææ®µã«ãã£ãŠåèšã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ãŸããåèšç»åããŒã¿ãæå®ã®å¯èµ°æ»å¹
åèç©ããããã©ãã倿ããå€æææ®µãšãã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ãŸããåèšç»åããŒã¿ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«æå®ã®äž»èµ°æ»å¹
ã§åå²ããåèšæå®ã®äž»èµ°æ»å¹
ãšåèšæå®ã®å¯èµ°æ»å¹
ãããªãç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã§åèšç»åããŒã¿ãåèšã¡ã¢ãªããç»ååŠçææ®µã«åºåããããã«ç»åãèªã¿åºãèªåºææ®µïŒå³ïŒã«ç€ºãç»ååŠçïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒïŒãšãåèšã¡ã¢ãªã«èç©ãããåèšç»åããŒã¿éãåèšç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ã§èªåºãå¯èœã§ãããã©ããã«åºã¥ããŠãåèšèªåºææ®µã«ããåèšç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ã§ã®èªåºããè¡ããã調åããèª¿åææ®µïŒå³ïŒã«ç€ºããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒïŒãæããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããã
  According to a first aspect of the present invention, a writing unit (
æ¬çºæã«ä¿ã第ïŒã®çºæã¯ãåèšã¡ã¢ãªã«èç©ãããåèšç»åããŒã¿éãèšæ°ããèšæ°ææ®µãæããåèšæžèŸŒææ®µãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒã©ã€ã³ã®åèšç»åããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ãŸããããšã«åèšèšæ°ææ®µãã«ãŠã³ãã¢ããããåèšèªåºææ®µããåèšç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœããšã«äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«åèšïŒã©ã€ã³åèªã¿åºãããšã«æå®æ°æžç®ããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããã   According to a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a counting means for counting the amount of the image data stored in the memory, and the writing means writes the image data for one line in the main scanning direction each time the image data is written. The counting means counts up, and the reading means subtracts a predetermined number every time one line is read in the main scanning direction for each rectangular unit.
æ¬çºæã«ä¿ã第ïŒã®çºæã¯ãåèšç»åå ¥åææ®µã«ãã£ãŠå ¥åãããç»åããŒã¿ãåèšç»åå ¥åææ®µã®å ¥åæ¹åŒã«åŸã£ãŠäžæçã«èç©ããèç©ææ®µãæããåèšæžèŸŒææ®µã¯ãåèšèç©ææ®µã«èç©ãããç»åããŒã¿ãåèšç»åå ¥åææ®µã®å ¥åæ¹åŒã«ãããã£ãŠåèšã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ã¿åäœãè¡ããåèšèªåºææ®µã¯åèšç»åå ¥åææ®µã®å ¥åæ¹åŒã«ãããã«èªã¿åºãããšãç¹åŸŽãšããã   According to a third aspect of the present invention, there is provided storage means for temporarily storing the image data input by the image input means according to the input method of the image input means, and the writing means is stored in the storage means. The stored image data is written into the memory according to the input method of the image input means, and the reading means reads out regardless of the input method of the image input means.
æ¬çºæã«ä¿ã第ïŒã®çºæã¯ãåèšèª¿åææ®µã¯ãæ®éæ€åºéšãåããåèšã¡ã¢ãªã®ãã«ç¶æ ãçºçãããšãåèšæžèŸŒææ®µã«å¯ŸããŠåæ¢ä¿¡å·ãåºåããæžã蟌ã¿åŽã®åäœã忢ãããããšç¹åŸŽãšããã   According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, the arbitration unit includes a remaining amount detection unit, and when the memory is full, outputs a stop signal to the writing unit and stops the operation on the writing side. It is characterized by letting.
æ¬çºæã«ä¿ã第ïŒã®çºæã¯ãåèšèª¿åææ®µã¯ãããªã¬çºçææ®µãåããäºã決ããããèªã¿åºãåŽã®åŠçã©ã€ã³åäœåã®æå®ã©ã€ã³æ°ã®ããŒã¿ãåèšã¡ã¢ãªã«èç©ããããšãåèšèªåºææ®µã«èµ·åä¿¡å·ãåºåããèªã¿åºãå¶åŸ¡ãéå§ãããããšç¹åŸŽãšããã   According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, the arbitration unit includes a trigger generation unit, and when the predetermined number of lines of data corresponding to a predetermined processing line unit on the reading side is accumulated in the memory, the reading unit A start signal is output to start reading control.
æ¬çºæã«ä¿ã第ïŒã®çºæã¯ãåèšæå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã¯ãç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«åºã¥ããŠå¯å€éã«èšå®å¯èœãšããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããã   A sixth aspect of the present invention is characterized in that the predetermined rectangular shape unit can be set to a variable amount based on an image processing mode.
æ¬çºæã«ä¿ã第ïŒã®çºæã¯ãåèšæžèŸŒã¿ææ®µã¯ãè€æ°ã¿ã€ãã®ç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ãæ¥ç¶å¯èœãšããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããã   A seventh invention according to the present invention is characterized in that the writing means can connect a plurality of types of image reading devices.
æ¬çºæã«ä¿ã第ïŒã®çºæã¯ãç»åå ¥åææ®µã«ãã£ãŠå ¥åãããåèšç»åããŒã¿ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ãã£ãŠãé æ¬¡ã¡ã¢ãªã«æžãèŸŒãæžèŸŒã¹ããããšãåèšæžã蟌ã¿ã¹ãããã«ãã£ãŠåèšã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ãŸããåèšç»åããŒã¿ãæå®ã®å¯èµ°æ»å¹ åèç©ããããã©ãã倿ãã倿ã¹ããããšãã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ãŸããåèšç»åããŒã¿ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«æå®ã®äž»èµ°æ»å¹ ã§åå²ããåèšæå®ã®äž»èµ°æ»å¹ ãšåèšæå®ã®å¯èµ°æ»å¹ ãããªãç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã§åèšç»åããŒã¿ãåèšã¡ã¢ãªããç»ååŠçææ®µã«åºåããããã«ç»åãèªã¿åºãèªåºã¹ããããšãåèšã¡ã¢ãªã«èç©ãããåèšç»åããŒã¿éãåèšç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ã§ã®èªåºãå¯èœã§ãããã©ããã«åºã¥ããŠãåèšèªåºææ®µã«ããåèšç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ã§ã®èªåºããè¡ããã調åãã調åã¹ãããïŒå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒãæããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããã   According to an eighth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a writing step of sequentially writing the image data input by the image input means in the main scanning direction into the memory, and the image data written in the memory by the writing step. Determining whether or not a predetermined sub-scanning width has been accumulated, and dividing the image data written in the memory by a predetermined main scanning width in the main scanning direction, so that the predetermined main scanning width and the predetermined sub-scanning width are divided. A reading step of reading out the image data in order to output the image data from the memory to the image processing means in a rectangular shape unit comprising a scanning width, and the amount of the image data stored in the memory can be read out in the rectangular shape. An arbitration step (step S33 shown in FIG. 26) for arbitrating to read out the rectangular shape by the reading means based on whether or not Characterized in that it has.
æ¬çºæã«ä¿ã第ïŒã®çºæã¯ã第ïŒã®çºæã®ç»ååŠçæ¹æ³ãå®çŸããããã°ã©ã ãã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ãèªã¿åãå¯èœãªèšæ¶åªäœã«èšæ¶ããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããã   According to a ninth aspect of the present invention, a program for realizing the image processing method of the eighth aspect is stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
æ¬çºæã«ä¿ã第ïŒïŒã®çºæã¯ã第ïŒã®çºæã®ç»ååŠçæ¹æ³ãå®çŸããããã°ã©ã ã§ããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããã A tenth aspect of the present invention is a program for realizing the image processing method of the eighth aspect.
æ¬çºæã«ããã°ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªã«ç¢ºä¿ãããåŠçããŒã¿ãäžææ»çãããäžéãããã¡ãšãåèšäžéãããã¡ã®å段ã«é 眮ãããå ¥åãããç»åããŒã¿ãæå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã§å å·¥ããŠåèšäžéãããã¡ãžã®å ¥åããŒã¿ãçæãã第ïŒã®ç»ååŠçãããã¯ãšãåèšäžéãããã¡ã®åŸæ®µã«é 眮ãããåèšäžéãããã¡ããèªã¿åºããããŒã¿ãå å·¥ãã第ïŒã®ç»ååŠçãããã¯ãšãåããç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããŠãäžéãããã¡äžã®æ»çããŒã¿éãã¢ãã¿ãã該æ»çããŒã¿éã«åºã¥ããŠïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã«ããäžéãããã¡äžãžã®æå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœæ¯ã®ããŒã¿æžã蟌ã¿åŠçãŸãã¯ããŒã¿èªã¿åºãåŠçã調åããããšã«ãããèšå®ãããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãçã®æ¡ä»¶ã«é©å¿ããŠç¢ºä¿ãããç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã®äžéãããã¡ã確ä¿ããŠãåãããã¯éã®äžéãããã¡ã®ãµã€ãºãåŠçå 容ãšèœåã«å¿ããŠæé©åããŠãæå®ã®ç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã®ç»åããŒã¿åŠçæã«ããããããã¡ç®¡çåŠçè² æ ã軜æžããŠå¹çããç»ååŠçãè¡ãã广ãå¥ããã   According to the present invention, an intermediate buffer that is secured in the main memory and temporarily retains processing data, and is arranged in the preceding stage of the intermediate buffer, and processes input image data in a predetermined rectangular shape unit to the intermediate buffer. In an image processing apparatus comprising: a first image processing block that generates input data of a second image processing block; and a second image processing block that is arranged downstream of the intermediate buffer and processes data read from the intermediate buffer. The amount of staying data is monitored, and based on the amount of staying data, the data writing process or data reading process for each predetermined rectangular shape unit on the intermediate buffer by the DMAC is arbitrated, thereby setting the image processing mode etc. Secure an intermediate buffer of rectangular units to be secured according to the conditions, and save the intermediate buffer between each block. Optimized according to size as the process type and capacity, an effect capable of performing efficient image processing to reduce the buffer management processing load at the time of image data processing in a predetermined rectangular units.
æ¬¡ã«æ¬çºæã宿œããããã®æè¯ã®åœ¢æ ã«ã€ããŠå³é¢ãåç §ããŠèª¬æããã   Next, the best mode for carrying out the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
å³ïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã®äžå®æœåœ¢æ ã瀺ãç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã®æŠç¥çãªæ§æã瀺ããããã¯å³ã§ããã   FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of an image processing apparatus showing an embodiment of the present invention.
å³ïŒã«ãããŠãïŒïŒã¯ã¹ãã£ãã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹ïŒä»¥äžããã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠããšããïŒéšã§ãããã¢ããã°ããã³ããšã³ãïŒïŒ¡ïŒŠïŒ¥ïŒïŒïŒãä»ããŠãïŒïŒãïŒïŒãæ¥ç¶ããåå¥ã®å°çšåè·¯ãä»åšããããšãªãããã®èªã¿åãããŒã¿ãç»ååŠçè£
眮ïŒïŒïŒã«åã蟌ãããšãã§ãããã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿åŠçã«ã€ããŠã¯ãåŸã«è©³çްã«èª¬æããã
  In FIG. 1,
ïŒïŒã¯ã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšã§ãããã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®åŠçã«ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«å±éãããç»åããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠãç»ååŠçåäœã¢ãŒãïŒã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒãã¢ãã¯ãã³ããŒãã«ã©ãŒã¹ãã£ã³ãã¢ãã¯ãã¹ãã£ã³çïŒã«å¿ããç»ååŠçãå®è¡ããåŠçéšã§ãããã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®è©³çްã«ã€ããŠã¯ãåŸã«èª¬æããã
 Â
ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯ã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒãšã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒéã®ããŒã¿ã®åãæž¡ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã®ãªã³ã°ãããã¡é åãä»ããŠè¡ãå ŽåãããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãšãèªã¿åºããåŸè¿°ããããã«èª¿åããã
  When the data transfer between the scanner I /
ããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã¯ãå
¥åããç»åã®é åç·šéããè§£ååºŠå€æãè¡ããåŸãããç»åããŒã¿ãããªã³ã¿åºåããããã®åŠçãŠãããã§ãããïŒïŒã¯æ¥ç¶ããã¬ãŒã¶ããŒã ããªã³ã¿ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒïŒïŒã«ç»ååŠççµæãåºåããããã®ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹ïŒïŒ©ïŒïŒŠïŒéšã§ããã
  The printer
ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯ãããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒãšïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹éšïŒïŒéã®ããŒã¿ã®åãæž¡ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã®ãªã³ã°ãããã¡é åãä»ããŠè¡ãå ŽåãããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãšãèªã¿åºããåŸè¿°ããããã«èª¿åããããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯åºæ¬æ§æã¯åäžã®ãããã¯ã§ãããã䜿çšããçšéã«ãããå¶åŸ¡æ¹æ³ãç°ãªãã詳现ã«ã€ããŠã¯åŸè¿°ããã
  When the data transfer between the printer
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒªïŒ°ïŒ¥ïŒ§ãã¢ãžã¥ãŒã«ã§ãããæå®ã®èŠæ Œã«æºæ ããç»åããŒã¿ã®å§çž®ã䌞é·åŠçãå®è¡ããåŠçéšã§ããã
 Â
ïŒïŒã¯ã¡ã¢ãªå¶åŸ¡éšã§ãããç»ååŠçç³»ã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¢ïŒµïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒç¬¬ïŒïŒ¢ïŒµïŒ³ïŒïŒåã³ã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ç³»ã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¢ïŒµïŒ³ïŒïŒãšããããæ¥ç¶ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ³ïŒ€ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãèªã¿åºãã®ããã®ããŒã¿è»¢éå¶åŸ¡ãè¡ãã
 Â
ïŒïŒã¯ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ã³ã³ãããŒã©ïŒïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒã§ãããã¡ã¢ãªå¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒãšååããŠãïŒïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒ¡ïŒïŒãä»ããŠïŒ²ïŒ¯ïŒïŒïŒãšæ¥ç¶ããå€éšããã€ã¹ãçš®ã
ã®ã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹éšïŒïŒïŒããšã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒãšã®éã®ããŒã¿æåã«é¢ããïŒïŒ¡å¶åŸ¡ããããã®æå®ã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãçæããããèšå®ãããããã
 Â
ïŒïŒã¯ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ã³ã³ãããŒã©ïŒç»ååŠçïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒã§ãããã¡ã¢ãªå¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒãšååããŠãåç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒãïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒãšã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒãšã®éã®ããŒã¿æåã«é¢ããïŒïŒ¡å¶åŸ¡ããããã®æå®ã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãçæããããèšå®ãããããã
 Â
äŸãã°ãç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã®çš®é¡ãïŒïŒãïŒïŒã®å¥ã«å¿ããŠãã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã§èªã¿åãåŠçãããç»åããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãïŒïŒ¡ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ããšã«çæãããŸãã¯ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã«å±éãããç»åããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãïŒïŒ¡ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ã«å¿ããŠçæããã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããçãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒãšãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒãšã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒéã«ãããïŒïŒ¡å¶åŸ¡ããã¡ã¢ãªå¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒãšå
±ã«åžããŠããããšããŠæ©èœããã
  For example, according to the type of image reading device,
ïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯ç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ïŒïŒ£ïŒ£ïŒ€ïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒã«å¿ããŠãé©ããå¶åŸ¡ãã©ã¡ãŒã¿ãå¶åŸ¡ããã°ã©ã ããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽãããŠãããå¶åŸ¡ãã©ã¡ãŒã¿çãç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã«å¿ããŠçš®ã
èšå®ããããšãã§ããã®ã§ãïŒïŒãïŒïŒã®åå¥ã®ããŒã¿åºå圢åŒã«å¿ããç»åããŒã¿ã®å
¥ååŠçãå¯èœãšãªããããå°çšã®ã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹åè·¯ãèšããå¿
èŠããªããªãã
  The
ïŒïŒã¯ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¢ïŒµïŒ³ã§ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒããèªã¿åºããããŒã¿ãç»ååŠçç³»ã®ååŠçéšïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒã«éåºããããšãå¯èœã«æ§æãããŠãããïŒïŒã¯ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¢ïŒµïŒ³ã§ãç»ååŠçç³»ã®ååŠçéšïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒããèªã¿åºããããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«éåºããããšãå¯èœã§ããã第ïŒïŒ¢ïŒµïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒç¬¬ïŒïŒ¢ïŒµïŒ³ïŒïŒã¯å¯Ÿã«ãªã£ãŠç»ååŠçãããã¯ãšã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒéã®ç»åããŒã¿ã®æåãè¡ããïŒïŒã¯ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¢ïŒµïŒ³ã§ãïŒïŒïŒãéä¿¡åã³ã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹éšïŒïŒïŒãã¡ã«ããç³»å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïŒãç»ååŠçéšå
éšã®å¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ãåã³ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒãæ¥ç¶ããã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ç³»ã®ãã¹ãšããŠæ©èœããã
 Â
ã¡ã«ããç³»å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯ã¢ãŒã¿å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïŒãšãã¢ãŒã¿ã®é§åã¿ã€ãã³ã°ããç»ååŠçç³»ã®åŠçã®å調ãå¶åŸ¡ããããã®ã¿ã€ãã³ã°å¶åŸ¡ãåžãå²ã蟌ã¿ã¿ã€ãå¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïŒãå«ãŸããã
  The mechatronics
å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïŒã¯ãç»ååŠçè£
眮ã®çš®ã
ã®èšå®ãåŠçç¶æ³çãïŒïŒïŒã«è¡šç€ºããããã®è¡šç€ºå¶åŸ¡ãåžããŠãããã§ãããïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒã¯åšèŸºæ©åšãšã®æ¥ç¶ãå¯èœã«ããã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹éšã§ãããå³ïŒã§ã¯ãâããªã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒãæ¥ç¶ããç¶æ
ã瀺ããŠããã
  The
ïŒïŒïŒã¯ã¡ãã£ã¢ã¢ã¯ã»ã¹å¶åŸ¡ïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒéšã§ãããæ¥ç¶ããæ©åšã«å¯ŸããŠããŒã¿ãã©ã®ãããªã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã§éãåºãã°ãããïŒã¢ã¯ã»ã¹ïŒçãå¶åŸ¡ãããŠãããã§ãããïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒ£ïŒ°ïŒµã§ãããç»ååŠçè£
眮ïŒïŒïŒã®å
šäœçãªåäœãå¶åŸ¡ãããïŒïŒã¯ã¢ãã ïŒïŒïŒ¯ïŒ€ïŒ¥ïŒïŒã§ããã
 Â
ïŒã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®æ§æïŒ
ã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã¯ãç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ãšããŠãïŒïŒåã³ïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿å¯èœã§ãããäž¡ç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã®ä¿¡å·ãå
¥ååŠçãããããã§å
¥åãããç»åããŒã¿ã¯ãã¡ã¢ãªå¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒã«ããïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãããŠã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã«å±éãããã
<Configuration of Scanner I /
The scanner I /
å³ïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®æŠç¥çãªæ§æã瀺ããããã¯å³ã§ãããå³ïŒãšåäžã®ãã®ã«ã¯åäžã®ç¬Šå·ãä»ããŠããã
  2 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of the scanner I /
å³ïŒã«ãããŠãïŒïŒïŒïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããŠãã¿ã€ãã³ã°å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœã¯èªã¿åãã¹ããŒãã«å¿ããèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã®å¶åŸ¡ä¿¡å·ãçæããŠåºåããããã®ããã€ã¹å¶åŸ¡ä¿¡å·ã¯ãã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒå
ã§çæãããåæä¿¡å·ã«åæãããã®ã§ãããããã«ããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®èªã¿åãã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãšãèªã¿åãåŠçã®å調ãå³ãããšãã§ããã
  In FIG. 2, for the
ç¹ç¯å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœã¯ãïŒïŒïŒïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒïŒã®å
æºãšãªãïŒïŒã®ç¹ç¯ãå¶åŸ¡ãããŠãããã§ãããããåè²èŠçŽ ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã®é 次ç¹ç¯å¶åŸ¡ã®ããã®åæä¿¡å·ïŒïŒŽïŒ§ããå³ïŒãå³ïŒãåç
§ïŒãã¯ããã¯ä¿¡å·ïŒïŒ£ïŒ¬ïŒ«ãå³ïŒçãåç
§ïŒåã³ïŒ£ïŒ£ïŒ€ïŒïŒïŒïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãã調å
ã®å¶åŸ¡ãç¹ç¯ã®éå§ãæ¶ç¯ã®å¶åŸ¡ãå®è¡ããããã®å¶åŸ¡ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã¯ãäžè¿°ã®ã¿ã€ãã³ã°å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœããåä¿¡ããåæä¿¡å·ã«åºã¥ããã®ã§ãããç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã®é§åãšåæããïŒïŒã®ç¹ç¯ãå¶åŸ¡ãããã
  The LED
å³ïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããïŒïŒã«ããåºåä¿¡å·äŸã説æããã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã§ããã
  FIG. 3 is a timing chart for explaining an example of an output signal from the
å³ïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãïŒïŒããç
§å°ãããå
ãåçš¿é¢ãç
§ããããã®åå°å
ãïŒïŒã«å°ãããå
é»å€æããããäŸãã°ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã§ããïŒïŒã®ã©ã€ã³æ¹åãšçŽè§æ¹åïŒå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒã«ãèªã¿åãäœçœ®ãå®éç§»åãããªããããã®åçš¿é¢ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ã©ã€ã³æ¯ã«é 次走æ»ããŠåçš¿é¢å
šäœã®ç»åãèªã¿åãããšãã§ããã
  As shown in FIG. 2, the light emitted from the
å³ïŒã«ç€ºãéããã¿ã€ãã³ã°å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœããåºåãããåæä¿¡å·ïŒïŒŽïŒ§ïŒã«åºã¥ããïŒïŒã®ïŒã©ã€ã³åã®ïŒ²ããèŠçŽ ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããä¿¡å·ããã©ã¬ã«ã«åºåãããïŒå³ïŒïŒïœïŒãïŒïœïŒãïŒïœïŒãåç
§ïŒã
  As shown in FIG. 3, based on the synchronization signal (TG) output from the
å³ïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããïŒïŒã®ç¹ç¯å¶åŸ¡ã«é¢ããã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã§ãããç¹ç¯å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœã«ããçæãããåæä¿¡å·ïŒïŒ³ïŒ°ïŒãšã¯ããã¯ïŒïŒ£ïŒ¬ïŒ«ïŒã«åºã¥ããåããã®ïŒ¬ïŒ¥ïŒ€ã®ç¹ç¯éå§ãšæ¶ç¯ã®ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãå¶åŸ¡ãããã
  FIG. 4 is a timing chart relating to the lighting control of the
å³ïŒã«ãããŠãåæä¿¡å·ïŒïŒ³ïŒ°ïŒã®åšæã¯ïŒŽïœïœïœã§ç€ºããããã®æéå ã«åè²ïŒïŒ²ããïŒã®ãããããåã¯ãããã®çµåããã«ãããç¹ç¯å¶åŸ¡ããããïœïœ ïœã¯ãåæä¿¡å·ïŒïŒ³ïŒ°ïŒã®ïŒåšæïŒïŒŽïœïœïœïŒã«ãããã®ç¹ç¯æéã瀺ããã®ã§ããã   In FIG. 4, the period of the synchronization signal (SP) is indicated by Tstg, and the lighting of the LED is controlled by any one of these colors (R, G, B) or a combination thereof within this time. Tled indicates the lighting time of the LED in one cycle (Tstg) of the synchronization signal (SP).
å³ïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã«åŸã£ããããã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã®ç¹ç¯ïŒïŒïœïŒãïŒïœïŒïŒãšãã®ç¹ç¯æéå ã«èç©ãããã®åå°å ã«ããå é»å€æãããåºåïŒïœ ïŒãšã®é¢ä¿ã瀺ãã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã§ããã   FIG. 5 shows a photoelectrical operation based on the lighting of the LEDs corresponding to R, G, and B ((a) to (d)) and the reflected light of the LED accumulated during the lighting time according to the timing chart shown in FIG. It is a timing chart which shows the relationship with the output (e) converted.
å³ïŒã®åºåïŒïœ
ïŒããæãããªããã«ãããåè²ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããä¿¡å·ã®åºåã¯ãåºåãåºåãåºåãšããããããã·ãªã¢ã«ã®ããŒã¿ãšããŠåºåãããå
ã«èª¬æããïŒïŒã®åºåä¿¡å·ãšã¯çžéããã
  As is clear from the output (e) of FIG. 5, the output of the signals corresponding to the R, G, and B colors is output as R data, G output, and B output, respectively, as serial data. This is different from the output signal of the
ãŸããå³ïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããã®ç¹ç¯å¶åŸ¡åäœã説æããã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã§ãããïŒïŒã®å¶åŸ¡ã«é¢é£ããåæä¿¡å·ïŒïŒ³ïŒ°ïŒã®ïŒåšæä»¥å
ã«ïŒ²ããã®åïŒïŒãé æ¬¡ç¹ç¯ããå Žåã®ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã瀺ãã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãäŸã§ãããããããŒã¿ã®åæã«ããããã®å Žåã®ç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã®å
¥åã¯ã¢ãã¯ãç»åã®ããŒã¿ãšããŠç»ååŠçè£
眮ïŒïŒïŒã«åã蟌ãããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã
  FIG. 6 is a timing chart for explaining the LED lighting control operation shown in FIG. 2. In relation to the control of the
å³ïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããïŒïŒãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒãã£ã³ãã«èšããããå Žåã®åºåäŸã瀺ãã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã§ããã
  FIG. 7 is a timing chart showing an output example when the
å³ïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ããã£ã³ãã«ïŒã®åºåïŒå³ïŒã®ïŒïœïŒïŒã¯ãçªç®ã®ïŒ£ïŒ¬ïŒ«ä¿¡å·ïŒå³ïŒã®ïŒïœïŒãåç
§ïŒã®ç«ã¡äžãããšåæããŠãä»»æã®ãããŒã®ãããåïŒå³ïŒã®å Žåã¯ïŒïŒãããïŒãåºåãããã®åŸãæå¹ãããæ°ïŒïŒïŒïŒãããã«å¯Ÿããä¿¡å·ãåºåããïŒå³ïŒã®ïŒïœïŒïŒãäžæ¹ããã£ã³ãã«ïŒã®åºåïŒå³ïŒã®ïŒïœïŒïŒã¯ãçªç®ã®ïŒ£ïŒ¬ïŒ«ä¿¡å·ã®ç«ã¡äžãããšåæããŠãæå¹ãããïŒïŒïŒïŒãããç®ïŒãã£ã³ãã«ïŒã®ã»ã³ãµåºåã®æçµãããïŒïŒïŒïŒã«åŸç¶ãããããïŒããæå¹ããããšããŠïŒïŒïŒïŒããããåºåããã
  As shown in FIG. 7, the output of channel 1 ((c) in FIG. 7) is synchronized with the falling edge of the Nth CLK signal (see (b) in FIG. 7) in any dummy bit string ( In the case of FIG. 7, 22 bits) are output, and then a signal for the number of effective bits of 3254 bits is output ((c) of FIG. 7). On the other hand, the output of channel 2 ((d) in FIG. 7) is synchronized with the falling edge of the Nth CLK signal from the valid bit 3255th bit (the bit following the
ïŒã€ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ã®ã»ã³ãµåºåã«ãããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒã©ã€ã³åã®ããŒã¿ãåå²ããŠèªã¿åãããšãã§ãããå°ãïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ã®æ§æã¯æå€§ïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã«éããã®ã§ã¯ãªããäŸãã°ãïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®æ§æã«ããŠããæå¹ãããæ°ã®åºåæ°ãå€ããã®ã¿ã§ãæ¬çºæã®è¶£æšãéå®ããããã®ã§ã¯ãªãã   The data for one line in the main scanning direction can be divided and read by the sensor outputs of the two channels. Note that the configuration of the CIS is not limited to a maximum of 2 channels. For example, even if the configuration is a 3 channel, only the number of outputs of the number of effective bits changes, and the gist of the present invention is not limited.
以äžãå³ïŒã«ç€ºãããããã¯å³ã«èª¬æãæ»ããç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ïŒïŒ£ïŒ£ïŒ€ïŒïŒïŒïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒã®åºåä¿¡å·ã¯ãïŒã¢ããã°ããã³ããšã³ãïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  Returning to the block diagram shown in FIG. 2, the output signal of the image reading device (
å³ïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããïŒïŒã®æ§æã説æãããããã¯å³ã§ãããå³ïŒãšåäžã®ãã®ã«ã¯åäžã®ç¬Šå·ãä»ããŠããã
  FIG. 8 is a block diagram for explaining the configuration of the
ïŒïŒã®åŠçã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãïŒïŒãïŒïŒã®åºåä¿¡å·ã«å¯ŸããŠãã²ã€ã³èª¿æŽïŒïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïœïŒãïŒïŒ€å€æåŠçïŒïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïœ
ïŒãæœããããã«ã©ã€ã³éè£æ£åŠçïŒïŒïœãåç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ããåºåãããã¢ããã°ä¿¡å·ãããžã¿ã«ä¿¡å·ã«å€æããŠãã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã«å
¥åããããŸããïŒïŒã¯ç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ããåºåããããã©ã¬ã«ãªããŒã¿ãã·ãªã¢ã«ãªããŒã¿ã«å€æããŠåºåããããšãã§ããã
  As shown in FIG. 8, the
å³ïŒã«ãããåæå¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœã¯ãïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããŠãåããã€ã¹ïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒã®ã¢ããã°ä¿¡å·ã«å¿ããŠæå®ã®éŸå€ã¬ãã«ãèšå®ããç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã®çžéã«ããåºåä¿¡å·ã¬ãã«ã®èª¿æŽãè¡ããæŽã«ãã¢ããã°ä¿¡å·ã®ãµã³ããªã³ã°å¶åŸ¡ãšããžã¿ã«ä¿¡å·ãïŒïŒã«åºåãããããã®åæã¯ããã¯ãçæããŠåºåããïŒïŒããæå®ã®ããžã¿ã«ä¿¡å·ã«ããèªã¿åãç»åããŒã¿ãåä¿¡ããããã®ããŒã¿ã¯ãåæå¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœãä»ããŠåºåããŒã¿å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœã«å
¥åãããåºåããŒã¿å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœã¯ãã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®åºåã¢ãŒãã«åãããŠãïŒïŒããåä¿¡ããç»åããŒã¿ããããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïœ
ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æ ŒçŽããã
  The
ã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®åºåã¢ãŒãã«ã¯ãã·ã³ã°ã«ã¢ãŒããïŒãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒã¢ãŒããïŒãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒã¢ãŒããšãæ¥ç¶ããç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã«å¿ããŠåºåã¢ãŒããåãæ¿ããããšãã§ããã
  The output mode of the scanner I /
ã·ã³ã°ã«ã¢ãŒããšã¯ãïŒïŒããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åããŒã¿ãã·ãªã¢ã«å
¥åãããå Žåã«éžæãããã¢ãŒãã§ããããã®å ŽåãïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ã®ã¿ãå©çšå¯èœãªç¶æ
ã«ãªãã
  The single mode is a mode selected when main scanning direction data is serially input from the
ïŒïœïœã¢ãŒãã¯ãïŒïŒããå
¥åãããããŒã¿ããç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã®ïŒãã£ã³ãã«åã®æ
å ±ãšããŠãåãã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã§å
¥åãããå Žåã«éžæãããã¢ãŒãã§ããããã®å Žåã¯ãïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ïŒäŸãã°ãïŒïŒïœ
ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒãå©çšå¯èœãªç¶æ
ã«èšå®ãããã
  The 2ch mode is a mode selected when data input from the
ïŒïœïœã¢ãŒãã¯ãïŒïŒããåä¿¡ããç»åããŒã¿ãããïŒïŒ¢åºåãšããŠãåãã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã§å
¥åãããå Žåã«éžæãããã¢ãŒãã§ããããã®å Žåã¯ãïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïœ
ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïœïŒãå©çšå¯èœãªç¶æ
ã«èšå®ãããã
  The 3ch mode is a mode that is selected when image data received from the
ã«ã©ãŒç»åããŒã¿ããã·ã³ã°ã«ã¢ãŒãã«ããïŒïŒã§èªã¿åã£ãå ŽåãïŒïŒããåä¿¡ããããŒã¿ã¯ãå³ïŒã®ïŒïœ
ïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãã®ç¹ç¯é äœã«åŸã£ãïŒïŒ§ïŒïŒ¢ããŒã¿ã®åºåãã·ãªã¢ã«ã«é
åãããã®ãšãªããåºåããŒã¿å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœã¯ããã®é
åã«åŸã£ãŠãããŒã¿ãïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ïŒäŸãã°ç¬¬ïŒãããã¡ïŒïŒïœ
ïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ãïŒïŒã§èªã¿åã£ãå Žåã§ãåæ§ã§ãããã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ãïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ã«æ ŒçŽãããã
  When color image data is read by the
ã«ã©ãŒç»åããŒã¿ãïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®ïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒïŒã«ããèªã¿åã£ãå Žåãäžè¿°ã®ïŒïœïœã¢ãŒããèšå®ããããïŒïŒããåä¿¡ããããŒã¿ã¯ãå³ïŒã®ïŒcïŒã(d)ã§ç€ºãããã«ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒåå²ããé 忝ã®ããŒã¿ãšãªãããããé 忝ã®ããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽããããã«ãåºåããŒã¿å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœã¯ãåä¿¡ããããŒã¿ãïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ïŒäŸãã°ã第ïŒãããã¡ïŒïŒïœ
åã³ç¬¬ïŒãããã¡ïŒïŒïœïŒã«æ ŒçŽããããã®åŠçã¯ã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ãïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã§èªã¿åã£ãå Žåã§ãåæ§ã§ããã
  When the color image data is read by the 2-
ã«ã©ãŒç»åããŒã¿ãïŒïŒã§èªã¿åã£ãå ŽåãåºåããŒã¿å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœã¯ãïŒïŒããåä¿¡ããããŒã¿ãäžè¿°ã®ïŒïœïœã¢ãŒãã«ããããããŒã¿ããšã«ãïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ïŒç¬¬ïŒã第ïŒã第ïŒãããã¡ïŒïŒïœ
ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æ¯ãåããŠæ ŒçŽããããšãã§ããã
  When the color image data is read by the
ïŒã¡ã¢ãªå¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒã®æ§æïŒ
次ã«ãã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®åŠçã«ãããæå®ã®ãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïœ
ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããç»åããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ³ïŒ€ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããæ ŒçŽããåŠçã«ã€ããŠèª¬æãããç»åããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããŠæ ŒçŽããåŠçã¯ãç»ååŠçïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®ïŒ©ïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã«ããå¶åŸ¡ãããã
<Configuration of
Next, a description will be given of a process in which the image data stored in the predetermined buffer (11e, 11f, 11g) is DMA-transferred to the main memory (SDRAM) 100 and stored by the process of the scanner I /
å³ïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããç»ååŠçïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒïŒã®æŠç¥çãªæ§æã説æãããããã¯å³ã§ãããå³ïŒã«ç€ºãããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã®æ¥ç¶ãç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒã«ããèªã¿åã£ãç»åããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ³ïŒ€ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãšã®é¢ä¿åã³ããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒãšãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒãšã®æ¥ç¶ã®é¢ä¿ã瀺ãå³ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã
  FIG. 9 is a block diagram for explaining a schematic configuration of the image processing DMAC (DMAC) 91 shown in FIG. 1, and the connection of the
ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã¯ãã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã«ããå
¥ååŠçãããç»åããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒãšã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒãšã®éã§ããŒã¿ã®æåãå¶åŸ¡ããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒãå«ããïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒãšïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒéã®ããŒã¿åãæž¡ãã¯ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã®äžéãããã¡ãä»ããŠè¡ãããããã®äžéãããã¡ããªã³ã°ãããã¡ãšããŠäœ¿çšããå ŽåãããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãšãèªã¿åºãã調åããããã®ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã䜿çšãããã
  The
ïŒïŒ©ïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®æ§æïŒ
ããã§ãïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã¯ãããŒã¿èª¿åãŠãããïŒïŒïœãšãç¬¬ïŒæžã蟌ã¿ããŒã¿ã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹ïŒïŒ©ïŒïŒŠïŒéšïŒïŒïœãšãïŒïŒ¯ã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹éšïŒïŒïœãšãæããŠããã
<Configuration of I /
Here, the I /
ïŒïŒ¯ã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹éšïŒïŒïœã¯ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽããããã«äžè¿°ã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã«ããçæãããæå®ã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãç¬¬ïŒæžã蟌ã¿ããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã«èšå®ããããŸããã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒããåºåãããç»åããŒã¿ãåä¿¡ããŠãïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒå
ã®åãããã¡ãã£ã³ãã«ïŒä»¥äžãããã£ã³ãã«ããšãããïŒïŒïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒïŒã«ããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽããã
  The I /
ç¬¬ïŒæžã蟌ã¿ããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã¯ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããŠããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãè¡ãããã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¢ïŒµïŒ³ïŒïŒãšæ¥ç¶ããçæãããæå®ã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ã«åŸã£ãŠåãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããŠããããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãããããŒã¿èª¿åãŠãããïŒïŒïœã¯ãåãã£ã³ãã«ã«æ ŒçŽãããŠããããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããè¡ããç¬¬ïŒæžã蟌ã¿ããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã®æžã蟌ã¿åŠçã«åãããŠåãã£ã³ãã«ã®ããŒã¿ã®åãæž¡ããè¡ãã
  The first write data I /
ç¬¬ïŒæžã蟌ã¿ããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã¯ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒãšæ¥ç¶ããåŸã«èª¬æããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã«ããããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããè¥ããã¯æžã蟌ã¿ãšãã¡ã¢ãªã¢ã¯ã»ã¹ãç«¶åããªãããå¶åŸ¡ããããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿããã¢ã¯ã»ã¹ã®å¶åŸ¡ã«ãããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒããªã³ã°ãããã¡ãšããŠäœ¿çšããå Žåã§ãã£ãŠããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããŠããããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºãåã«ãåäžã®ã¡ã¢ãªã¢ãã¬ã¹ã«ããŒã¿ããªãŒãã©ã€ãããçã®ãã©ãã«ã鲿¢ããããšãã§ããã¡ã¢ãªãªãœãŒã¹ãæå¹ã«æŽ»çšããããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã
  The first write data I /
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºãããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®æŠç¥æ§æãšïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒãšã®æ¥ç¶é¢ä¿ã説æãããããã¯å³ã§ããã
  FIG. 10 is a block diagram for explaining the schematic configuration of the
å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯ãå¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ïŒïŒïŒãèªã¿åºãåŽïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ãã£ã³ãã«ããã®è»¢éå®äºä¿¡å·Read_endä¿¡å·ãæ€åºããèªã¿åºãæŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒãæžã蟌ã¿åŽïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ãã£ã³ãã«ããã®è»¢éå®äºä¿¡å·Write_endä¿¡å·ãæ€åºããæžãèŸŒã¿æŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒãäžéãããã¡ïŒã®æ»çéãã«ãŠã³ãããæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒãæ»çã©ã€ã³æ°ã«å¿ããŠïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒãžã®å¶åŸ¡ä¿¡å·ãçæããïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£å¶åŸ¡ä¿¡å·çæéšïŒïŒïŒãããªãã
  As shown in FIG. 10, the
ïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒå
ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒã®åãã£ã³ãã«ã¯æ¬¡å
æ¯ã®è»¢éå®äºä¿¡å·ãçæããæ©èœãæã¡ã転éå®äºä¿¡å·Write_endïŒâïŒã¯ïŒæ¬¡å
ïŒä»¥éã©ã€ã³ãšèšè¿°ïŒã®è»¢éçµäºä¿¡å·ãæ¥ç¶ãããŠãããå³ã¡ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒã©ã€ã³åã®è»¢éãæ€åºãããšè»¢éå®äºä¿¡å·Write_endïŒâïŒãåºåããããæžãèŸŒã¿æŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒã¯æ¥ç¶ãããïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®è»¢éçµäºä¿¡å·ã®å
ãå®éã«äœ¿çšããããã£ã³ãã«ã«å¿ããŠå
¥åãèš±å¯ããããšã§ãå
šãŠã®äœ¿çšããããã£ã³ãã«ã®çµäºãæ€åºããã
  Each of the channels ch0 to ch2 in the I /
以äžå³ïŒïŒå³ïŒïŒå³ïŒïŒã§è¿°ã¹ãããã«ãç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ïŒïŒ£ïŒ£ïŒ€ïŒïŒïŒïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒãç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã®åºåã¢ãŒãïŒã·ã³ã°ã«ã¢ãŒããïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã¢ãŒããïŒãã£ãã«ã¢ãŒãïŒã«ãããã£ãŠãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«æžã蟌ãç»åããŒã¿ã®æžèŸŒã¿æ¹æ³ãéžæããŠããã®ã§ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒåŽã¯ç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ãç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã®åºåã¢ãŒãã«ãããã«ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªããç»åããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããšãå¯èœã«ãªããç°¡åãªæ§æã§æ§ã
ãªèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ãèªã¿åãæ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ã§ããã
  As described above with reference to FIGS. 8, 9, and 10, data is written into the
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãšïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒãšã®åäœã説æããããã®ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã§ãããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã¯ããããïŒïŒïŒãã£ã³ãã«ãæå¹ãšããå Žåã®ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã§ãããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã§ã¯ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒãïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®çµäºæ€åºã«ãã£ãŠcount_upä¿¡å·ãçæãããæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã®ã«ãŠã³ãå€ãæŽæ°ãããã®ã«å¯ŸããŠãå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã§ã¯ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒãïŒã€ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ã®çµäºãŸã§ã«ãŠã³ãå€ã¯æŽæ°ãããªãã
  FIG. 11 is a timing chart for explaining the operation of the
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ãå°å·çšã®ãªã³ã°ãããã¡ãžã®æžã蟌ã¿ã®èª¿åã瀺ããŠããããŸããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã®suspendä¿¡å·ã¯å¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã«èšå®ããããªã³ã°ãããã¡ã®èŠé ã«çžåœããRING_LINEå€ãšæ»çæ°ãäžèŽãããšãã«ããªã³ãçšã®ãããã¡ãã§ãããšå€å®ããããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšããã®æžã蟌ã¿åŽïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã忢ããããã®äžæåæ¢ä¿¡å·ã§ãïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã¯ãã®ä¿¡å·ãã¢ãµãŒããããŠããéã¯äžéãããã¡ïŒã«å¯Ÿããæžã蟌ã¿è»¢éã忢ããã
  FIG. 11A shows arbitration of writing to the ring buffer for printing. Further, the suspend signal in FIG. 11A determines that the print buffer is FULL when the RING_LINE value corresponding to the ring buffer set in the control register 771 matches the number of stays, and the printer image This is a temporary stop signal for stopping the write side DMAC from the processing unit, and the I /
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ãã¹ãã£ãã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹éšïŒïŒããç»åããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ã瀺ããŠãããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã®è»¢éå®äºä¿¡å·Write_endïŒã®åºåãå³ã¡ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã§ïŒã©ã€ã³åã®ç»åããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãçµäºããæ¯ã«ãæ»çæ°ãå ç®ããããTRIGGERä¿¡å·ã¯å¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã«èšå®ãããã¹ãã©ã€ãå¹
åã«çžåœããTRIGGER_LINEå€ãšæ»çæ°ãäžèŽãããšãã«çæããããã«ã¹ä¿¡å·ã§ãäºã転éããŒã¿ãèšå®ããåŸ
æ©äžã®ïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒããã®ãã«ã¹ä¿¡å·åãããšã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšãžã®ããŒã¿è»¢éåŠçãéå§ããã
  FIG. 11B shows the writing of image data from the
ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒå
ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒã®åãã£ã³ãã«ã¯æ¬¡å
æ¯ã®è»¢éå®äºä¿¡å·ãçæããæ©èœãæã¡ã転éå®äºä¿¡å·Read_endïŒâïŒã¯ïŒæ¬¡å
ïŒä»¥éã¹ãã©ã€ãé åãšåŒã¶ïŒã®è»¢éçµäºä¿¡å·ãæ¥ç¶ãããŠããããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒå
ã®èªã¿åºãæŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒã¯æ¥ç¶ãããïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®è»¢éçµäºä¿¡å·ã®å
ãå®éã«äœ¿çšããããã£ã³ãã«ã«å¿ããŠå
¥åãèš±å¯ããããšã§ãå
šãŠã®äœ¿çšãããã£ã³ãã«ã®çµäºãæ€åºããã
  Each of the channels ch3 to ch6 in the I /
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒããããïŒïŒïŒãã£ã³ãã«ãæå¹ãšããå Žåã®ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã§ãããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã«é¢ããŠã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã§ã¯ïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®çµäºæ€åºãå³ã¡ïŒã¹ãã©ã€ãå¹
åã®ã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®ããã®èªã¿åºãã®çµäºã«ãã£ãŠcount_downä¿¡å·ãçæãããæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ã®ã«ãŠã³ãå€ãæŽæ°ãããïŒå³ã¡ïŒã¹ãã©ã€ãåã«ãŠã³ãå€ãæžç®ããïŒããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããŠã¯ããªã³ã°ãããã¡ããããªã³ã¿éšãžç»åããŒã¿ãïŒã©ã€ã³èªã¿åºãããããšã«ã«ãŠã³ãå€ãæŽæ°ãããã®ã«å¯ŸããŠãå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã®ïŒãã£ã³ãã«äžŠè¡ããŠããªã³ã¿éšã«åºåããå Žåã®ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã§ãããããã¯ãã®ã¬ãŒã¶ããŒã çºçåš(äžå³ç€º)ãïŒã€ãã£ãŠãïŒæ¬ã®ã¬ãŒã¶ããŒã ãåæã«ç¹ç¯ããŠé«éã«ããªã³ããããå Žåã®äŸã§ãããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã§ã¯ïŒã€ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ã®çµäºãŸã§ãªã³ã°ãããã¡ã®ã«ãŠã³ãå€ã¯æŽæ°ãããªãã
  FIG. 11C is a timing chart when 1 and 2 channels of the
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã®suspendä¿¡å·ã¯count_downä¿¡å·ã®å ¥åã«ããæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã®ã«ãŠã³ãå€ãæŽæ°ãããçµæãšããŠsuspendè§£é€ã®ç¶æ ã«ç§»è¡ããŠããã   In the suspend signal in FIG. 11D, the count value of the stay counter 774 is updated by the input of the count_down signal, and as a result, the state is shifted to the suspend release state.
ïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã¯suspendä¿¡å·ã®è§£é€ã«ããäžéãããã¡ïŒã«å¯Ÿããæžã蟌ã¿è»¢éãåéããããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒãïŒïŒãçæããsuspendã¯çæãèš±å¯ã»çŠæ¢ããæ©èœããããTRIGGERä¿¡å·ã¯èš±å¯ãçŠæ¢ãååã®æ¡ä»¶çºçæã®ã¿èš±å¯ã®ïŒã€ã®åãæ¿ãæ©èœãæããã
  The I /
以äžèª¬æãããšãããã¹ãã£ãã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹éšïŒïŒããã®ç»åããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ãã£ãŠé 次æžã蟌ãåŠçãšãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã§åŠçããããã®ç©åœ¢ããŒã¿ãšããŠèªã¿åºãåŠçã®èª¿åããç°¡åã«è¡ãããšãã§ããã
  As described above, arbitration between the process of sequentially writing the image data from the
ãŸããæžã蟌ã¿ã¯ã©ã€ã³åäœã§ãããã¡ã®æ»çæ°ãå ç®ããèªã¿åºãã¯ã¹ãã©ã€ãåäœã§ã®èªã¿åºãã®å®äºã§æ»çæ°ãæžç®ããããšã§ãå¿ èŠãªã¡ã¢ãªé åãåæžããç°¡åã«èª¿åãè¡ãããšãã§ããã   In addition, the number of stays in the buffer is added for writing, and the number of stays is subtracted when reading is completed for each stripe, so that the necessary memory area can be reduced and arbitration can be easily performed.
å³ïŒïŒå³ïŒïŒå³ïŒïŒã§ç€ºããããšãããã¹ãã£ãã§èªã¿åã£ãç»åãåè²æåæ¯ã«ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽããŠã¹ãã£ã³ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã§åŠçããå Žåããåè²ããšã«äžè¿°ãšåæ§ã®èª¿åãããã°ããã
  As shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 10, when the image read by the scanner is stored in the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®ããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽïŒ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ³ïŒ€ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ïŒãã£ã³ãã«åã®ããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ãåŠçã説æããå³ã§ãããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®ã«ã©ãŒç»åããŒã¿ãããããŒã¿ã«åé¢ããŠæ ŒçŽããåŠçã瀺ããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯å³ïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã§ç€ºããã®ç¹ç¯ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã§åŸãããïŒïŒã«ããã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿åŠçã瀺ãã
<(1) Storage of data for one channel>
FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining a process in which the I /
å³ïŒã®ïŒïœ
ïŒã§ç€ºããåºåäŸã®ããã«ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ïŒã©ã€ã³åã®ïŒ²ããããŒã¿ãã·ãªã¢ã«ã«åºåãããã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ïŒå³ïŒã®ïŒïŒïœ
ïŒã«ããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽãããå ŽåãïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒå
ã®å¯Ÿå¿ããïŒã€ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒãå³ïŒãåç
§ïŒã«ããŒã¿ã転éãããã
  As in the output example shown in FIG. 5E, R, G, and B data for one line in the main scanning direction are serially output, and one buffer (11e in FIG. 2) of the scanner I /
ããã§ãå³ïŒïŒãå³ïŒïŒãå³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãããŒã¿èª¿åãŠãããïŒïŒïœïŒç¬¬ïŒæžã蟌ã¿ããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã«ããæ ŒçŽåŠçããããã®æ§æãã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ããšæšèšãããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãåŠçããããã®æ§æãã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ãããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãåŠçããããã®æ§æãã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ããšæšèšããã
  Here, in FIG. 12, FIG. 13, and FIG. 14, the configuration for storing the data of the channel (ch0) by the
ïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®ã«ã©ãŒç»åããŒã¿ãããããŒã¿ã«åé¢ããŠæ ŒçŽããåŠçãè¡ãå Žåã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ãã©ã€ã³é äœã®ïŒ²ããããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒã©ã€ã³åïŒïŒ²ïŒãïŒïŒã®ïŒ²ããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã®ïŒ²é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïœã«æžã蟌ã¿ãæ¬¡ã®æžã蟌ã¿é åã§ããé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®å
é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ§ïŒïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãåãæ¿ããã
  In the case where the process of storing color image data of one channel separately into R, G, and B data is performed, as shown in FIG. Among them, R data for one line (R1 to R2) in the main scanning direction is written in the
ãããŠã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ãããããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒã©ã€ã³åïŒïŒ§ïŒãïŒïŒã®ïŒ§ããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã®ïŒ§é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ãæ¬¡ã®æžã蟌ã¿é åã§ããé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®å
é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ¢ïŒïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãåãæ¿ããã
  Then, the first LDMAC writes the G data for one line (G1 to G2) in the main scanning direction among the R, G, and B data to the G area (1000b) of the
ãããŠã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒã©ã€ã³åïŒïŒ¢ïŒãïŒïŒã®ïŒ¢ããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã®ïŒ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿åŸãã¢ãã¬ã¹ãé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®ïŒã©ã€ã³ç®ã®å
é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ²ïŒïŒã«åãæ¿ããã以äžãããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ãåæ§ã«ããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ïŒã©ã€ã³ç®ã«ã·ãããããŠããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãè¡ãã
  The first LDMAC writes the B data for one line (B1 to B2) in the main scanning direction to the B area (1000c) of the
第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ãããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ãïŒïŒ¡å¶åŸ¡ã«ãããŠãããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽå
ãšãªãã¡ã¢ãªã®çªå°ããªãã»ããæ
å ±ïŒïŒ¡ãïŒãšããŠäžããåè²ããŒã¿æ¯ã®æ ŒçŽé åãåãæ¿ããããšã§ãã©ã€ã³é äœã®ïŒ²ããããŒã¿ããããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ãšåé¢ããŠã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽããããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã
  In the DMA control in which the first LDMAC writes data, the address of the memory that is the storage destination of data corresponding to the R data, G data, and B data is given as offset information (A, B), and the storage area for each color data is switched. Thus, the R, G, and B data in the line order can be stored in the
ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãéå§ããã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã®å ŽåïŒïŒããªãã»ããæ
å ±ïŒïŒ¡ãïŒçã¯äžè¿°ã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®çæã«ãããã®ã§ããã
  The start address for starting DMA transfer (R1 in the case of FIG. 12A), offset information (A, B), and the like are due to the generation of the
ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯ãã®å Žåã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã®Wite_endä¿¡å·ã®ã¿æžãèŸŒã¿æŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒãžã®å
¥åãæå¹ãšããŠäœ¿çšãããïŒïŒ§ïŒïŒ¢åã©ã€ã³è»¢éæ¯ã«Write_endä¿¡å·ãçºçããæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒã«ãŠã³ãã¢ããããã®ã§ã«ã©ãŒïŒã©ã€ã³ã®å
¥åã«å¯ŸããŠãæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒã«ãŠã³ãã¢ãããããåŸã£ãŠãå¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯RING_LINEå€ãšããŠïŒ²ããããŒã¿æ ŒçŽã«ããããã«å²ãåœãŠãããã©ã€ã³æ°ã®åèšãèšå®ããã
  In this case, the
å³ïŒã§ç€ºããã®ç¹ç¯ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã§åŸãããïŒïŒã«ããã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿åŠçãè¡ãå Žåã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ã®å Žåã¯ãããããšã«ããŒã¿ãåé¢ããå¿
èŠããªãã®ã§ãã©ã€ã³é äœã®ã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã®äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒã©ã€ã³åïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ã¿ãåé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïœã®å¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãã·ãããããŠã次ã®ïŒã©ã€ã³ç®ïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãããã以äžãé æ¬¡åæ§ã®åŠçãå®è¡ããããšã«ãããã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã®é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïœã«æ ŒçŽããããšãã§ããã
  When performing monochrome image data writing processing by the
ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯ãã®å Žåã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã®Wite_endä¿¡å·ã®ã¿æžãèŸŒã¿æŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒãžã®å
¥åãæå¹ãšããŠäœ¿çšãããã¢ãã¯ãåã©ã€ã³è»¢éæ¯ã«Write_endä¿¡å·ãçºçããæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒã«ãŠã³ãã¢ããããã®ã§ã¢ãã¯ãïŒã©ã€ã³ã®å
¥åã«å¯ŸããŠãæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒã«ãŠã³ãã¢ãããããåŸã£ãŠãå¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯RING_LINEå€ãšããŠã¢ãã¯ãããŒã¿æ ŒçŽã«å²ãåœãŠãããã©ã€ã³æ°ãèšå®ããã
  In this case, the
ïŒïŒãã£ã³ãã«ïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ã«ããããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽïŒ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããç»ååŠçïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã«ããïŒïŒïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããããŒã¿æ ŒçŽåŠçã説æããå³ã§ãããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã§ç€ºããããã«ïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®ã«ã©ãŒç»åããŒã¿ãããããŒã¿ã«åé¢ããŠæ ŒçŽããåŠçäŸã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã€ãå³ïŒã§ç€ºããã®ç¹ç¯ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã§åŸãããïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®ïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ã«ããã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿åŠçäŸã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããªããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ã¡ã¢ãªé åã¯ïŒã€ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããŠåå²ãããã
<Data storage by 2-channel CIS>
FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining a data storing process in the
ïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®ïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒïœïœïœïœïŒïŒïœïœïœïœïŒïŒã«ããèªã¿åãããç»åããŒã¿ã¯ãã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïœ
ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®å¶åŸ¡ã®äžãïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒïœ
ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®ããŒã¿ã¯ãåå¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒå
ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒïŒã«è»¢éãããã
  Image data read by the two-channel CIS 18 (
第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿(chip0_data)ããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ²é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã第ïŒïŒ§é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã第ïŒïŒ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒãšããŠç€ºãããé åã«æ ŒçŽããã   The first LDMAC stores the data (chip0_data) of the channel (ch0) in the areas indicated as the first R area (1100a), the first G area (1200a), and the first B area (1300a) in FIG.
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ãããŠã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ãïœïœïœïœïŒããå ¥åãããããããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ãããŒã¿ïŒïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒãïŒïŒãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ²é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ãæ¬¡ã®æžã蟌ã¿é åã§ãã第ïŒïŒ§é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®å é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ§ïŒ¡ïŒïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãåãæ¿ããïŒãªãã»ããæ å ±ïŒ£ïŒã   In FIG. 13A, the first LDMAC writes R data (RA1 to RA2) out of R, G, and B data input from chip0 to the first R area (1100a) of the main memory, and the next writing area. The write address is switched to the first address (GA1) of the first G area (1200a) (offset information C).
第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ãããããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ãããŒã¿ïŒïŒ§ïŒ¡ïŒãïŒïŒãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ§é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ãæ¬¡ã®æžã蟌ã¿é åã§ãã第ïŒïŒ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®å é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ¢ïŒ¡ïŒïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãåãæ¿ããïŒãªãã»ããæ å ±ïŒ£ïŒã   The first LDMAC writes G data (GA1 to GA2) among R, G, and B data to the first G area (1200a) of the main memory, and the first address (BA1) of the first B area (1300a) that is the next writing area. ) To switch the write address (offset information C).
ãããŠã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ãããããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ãããŒã¿ïŒïŒ¢ïŒ¡ïŒãïŒïŒãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªã®ïŒ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ãåŠçã®çµäºåŸãã¢ãã¬ã¹ãé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®å¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ïŒã©ã€ã³ç®ã®å é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒã«åãæ¿ããïŒãªãã»ããæ å ±ïŒ€ïŒã以äžãããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ãåæ§ã«ããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ïŒã©ã€ã³ç®ã«ã·ãããããŠããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãè¡ãã   Then, the first LDMAC writes B data (BA1 to BA2) among the R, G, and B data to the B area (1300a) of the main memory, and after the processing is completed, the address is set in the sub-scanning direction of the R area (1100a). To the first address (RA2) of the second line (offset information D). Thereafter, the G data and B data are similarly written by shifting the data write address to the second line in the sub-scanning direction.
第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªã®ããŒã¿æ ŒçŽé åãšããŠãå³ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ²é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã第ïŒïŒ§é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã第ïŒïŒ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒãšããŠç€ºãããé 忝ã«ãããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽå
ãšãªãã¡ã¢ãªã®çªå°ããªãã»ããæ
å ±ïŒïŒ£ãïŒã«åºã¥ããä»»æã«èšå®ããããšãã§ãããã®èšå®ã«åŸã£ãŠãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããŠããããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽããã
  The first LDMAC has a data storage area for each of the areas indicated as the first R area (1100a), the first G area (1200a), and the first B area (1300a) in FIG. The memory address can be arbitrarily set based on the offset information (C, D), and the data stored in the channel (ch0) is stored in the
第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿(chip1_data)ããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ²é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã第ïŒïŒ§é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã第ïŒïŒ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒãšããŠç€ºãããé åã«æ ŒçŽããã   The second LDMAC stores the data (chip1_data) of the channel (ch1) in the areas indicated as the second R area (1100b), the second G area (1200b), and the second B area (1300b) in FIG.
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ãããŠã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ãïœïœïœïœïŒããå ¥åãããããããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ãããŒã¿ïŒïŒ²ïŒ¢ïŒãïŒïŒãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ²é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ãæ¬¡ã®æžã蟌ã¿é åã§ãã第ïŒïŒ§é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®å é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ§ïŒ¢ïŒïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãåãæ¿ããïŒãªãã»ããæ å ±ïŒ¥ïŒã   In FIG. 13A, the second LDMAC writes R data (RB1 to RB2) among the R, G, and B data input from chip1 to the second R area (1100b) of the main memory, and the next writing area. The write address is switched to the start address (GB1) of the second G area (1200b) (offset information E).
第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ãããããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ãããŒã¿ïŒïŒ§ïŒ¢ïŒãïŒïŒãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ§é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ãæ¬¡ã®æžã蟌ã¿é åã§ãã第ïŒïŒ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®å
é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ¢ïŒ¢ïŒïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãåãæ¿ããïŒãªãã»ããæ
å ±ïŒ¥ïŒã
  The second LDMAC writes G data (GB1 to GB2) among the R, G, and B data to the second G area (1200b) of the
ãããŠã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã¯ãããããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ãããŒã¿ïŒïŒ¢ïŒ¢ïŒãïŒïŒãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æžã蟌ã¿ãåŠçã®çµäºåŸãã¢ãã¬ã¹ã第ïŒïŒ²é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®å¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ïŒã©ã€ã³ç®ã®å
é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒã«åãæ¿ããïŒãªãã»ããæ
å ±ïŒŠïŒã以äžãããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ãåæ§ã«ããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ïŒã©ã€ã³ç®ã«ã·ãããããŠããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãè¡ãã
  Then, the second LDMAC writes the B data (BB1 to BB2) among the R, G, and B data to the second B area (1300b) of the
第ïŒåã³ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ãããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ãïŒïŒ¡å¶åŸ¡ã«ãããŠãããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽå
ãšãªãã¡ã¢ãªã®çªå°ããªãã»ããæ
å ±ïŒïŒ£ãããïŒãšããŠäžããåè²ããŒã¿æ¯ã®æ ŒçŽé åãåãæ¿ããããšã§ãã©ã€ã³é äœã®ïŒ²ããããŒã¿ããããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ãšåé¢ããŠã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽããããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã
  In the DMA control in which the first and second LDMACs write data, the address of the memory serving as the data storage destination corresponding to the R data, G data, and B data is given as offset information (C, D, E, F), and each color data By switching the storage area for each line, the R, G, and B data in the line order can be separated from the R data, the G data, and the B data and stored in the
ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãéå§ããã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒå³ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®å ŽåïŒïŒïŒ²ïŒ¢ïŒïŒããªãã»ããæ
å ±ïŒïŒ£ãããïŒçã¯äžè¿°ã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®çæã«ãããã®ã§ããã
  The start address for starting DMA transfer (RA1, RB1 in the case of FIG. 12A), offset information (C, D, E, F), and the like are due to the generation of the
ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯ãã®å Žåã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïœïœïŒïŒãšç¬¬ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã®Wite_endä¿¡å·ã®ã¿æžãèŸŒã¿æŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒãžã®å
¥åãæå¹ãšããŠäœ¿çšãããïŒïŒ§ïŒïŒ¢åã©ã€ã³è»¢éæ¯ã«ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã®Write_endä¿¡å·ãçºçãæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒã«ãŠã³ãã¢ããããã®ã§ã«ã©ãŒïŒã©ã€ã³ã®å
¥åã«å¯ŸããŠãæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒã«ãŠã³ãã¢ãããããåŸã£ãŠãå¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯RING_LINEå€ãšããŠïŒ²ããããŒã¿æ ŒçŽã«ããããã«å²ãåœãŠãããã©ã€ã³æ°ã®åèšãèšå®ããã
  In this case, the
以äžãå³ïŒã§ç€ºããã®ç¹ç¯ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã§åŸãããïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®ïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ã«ããã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿åŠçã説æããã   In the following, the writing process of monochrome image data by the 2-channel CIS obtained at the LED lighting timing shown in FIG. 6 will be described.
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ã®å Žåã¯ãäžè¿°ã®ã«ã©ãŒç»åããŒã¿ã®å Žåãšç°ãªããããããšã«ããŒã¿ãåé¢ããå¿
èŠããªãã®ã§ãã©ã€ã³é äœã®ã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã®äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒã©ã€ã³åïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒãïŒïŒ¡ïŒãïŒïŒ¢ïŒãïŒïŒ¢ïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ã¿ããåé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã®å¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«æžã蟌ã¿ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãã·ãããããŠã次ã®ïŒã©ã€ã³ç®ïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒãïŒïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒ¢ïŒãïŒïŒ¢ïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãããã以äžãé æ¬¡åæ§ã®åŠçãããŠããããšã«ãããã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªã®é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æ ŒçŽããããšãã§ããã
  As shown in FIG. 13B, in the case of monochrome image data, unlike the case of the color image data described above, it is not necessary to separate the data for each of R, G, and B. Is written for one line (MA1 to MA2, MB1 to MB2) in the main scanning direction of the
ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯ãã®å Žåã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïœïœïŒïŒãšç¬¬ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã®Wite_endä¿¡å·ã®ã¿æžãèŸŒã¿æŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒãžã®å
¥åãæå¹ãšããŠäœ¿çšãããã¢ãã¯ãåã©ã€ã³è»¢éæ¯ã«ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã®Write_endä¿¡å·ãçºçãæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒã«ãŠã³ãã¢ããããã®ã§ã¢ãã¯ãïŒã©ã€ã³ã®å
¥åã«å¯ŸããŠãæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒã«ãŠã³ãã¢ãããããåŸã£ãŠãå¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯RING_LINEå€ãšããŠã¢ãã¯ãããŒã¿æ ŒçŽã«ã«å²ãåœãŠãããã©ã€ã³æ°ãèšå®ããã
  In this case, the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®ããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽïŒ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããç»ååŠçïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã«ããããŒã¿æžã蟌ã¿åŠçäŸã説æããå³ã§ãããå³ïŒã«ç€ºããã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã«ãããåºåããŒã¿å¶åŸ¡éšïŒïŒïœããïŒïŒã«ããèªã¿åã£ãç»åããŒã¿ãïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã®ããŒã¿ïŒïŒ²ããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ãããŒã¿ïŒãšããå Žåã第ïŒä¹è³ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ãåŠçäŸã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã
<(3) Storage of 3 channel data>
FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining an example of data writing processing by the
ïŒã€ã®ãããã¡ïŒå³ïŒã«ç€ºããïŒïŒïœ
ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããããŒã¿ã¯ãïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®å¶åŸ¡ã®äžãåå¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒå
ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒïŒã«è»¢éããããïœïœïŒã«è»¢éãããããŒã¿ã¯ã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã«ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ãŸããïœïœïŒã«è»¢éãããããŒã¿ã¯ã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã«ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ãŸãããããŠãïœïœïŒã«è»¢éãããããŒã¿ã¯ã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã«ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ãŸããã
  Data stored in the three buffers (11e, 11f, and 11g shown in FIG. 2) is transferred to channels (ch0, ch1, and ch2) in the
åïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã®ïŒ²é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒãé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒãé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããé åã«ããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ãããšã«ãããããããŒã¿ãåé¢ããŠã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã«æ ŒçŽããããšãã§ããã
  Each LDMAC writes data to areas corresponding to the R area (1500a), G area (1500b), and B area (1500c) of the
ãã®å ŽåãïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãéå§ããã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒå³ïŒïŒã®å ŽåïŒïŒïŒ³ïŒ¡ïŒãïŒïŒçã¯äžè¿°ã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®çæã«ãããã®ã§ããã
  In this case, the start address (SA1, SA2, SA3 in the case of FIG. 14) for starting the DMA transfer is due to the generation of the
ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯ãã®å Žåã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïœïœïŒïŒãšç¬¬ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïœïœïŒïŒãšç¬¬ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã®Wite_endä¿¡å·ã®ã¿æžãèŸŒã¿æŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒãžã®å
¥åãæå¹ãšããŠäœ¿çšãããïŒïŒ§ïŒïŒ¢åã©ã€ã³è»¢éæ¯ã«ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã第ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ã®Write_endä¿¡å·ãçºçãæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒã«ãŠã³ãã¢ããããã®ã§ã«ã©ãŒïŒã©ã€ã³ã®å
¥åã«å¯ŸããŠãæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã¯ïŒã«ãŠã³ãã¢ãããããåŸã£ãŠãå¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯RING_LINEå€ãšããŠïŒ²ããããŒã¿æ ŒçŽã«ããããã«å²ãåœãŠãããã©ã€ã³æ°ãèšå®ããã
  In this case, the
以äžèª¬æããããã«ãç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ïŒïŒ£ïŒ£ïŒ€ïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒã«ããèªã¿åã£ãç»åããŒã¿ãããã®åºå圢åŒã«å¿ããŠïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãå¶åŸ¡ãããã£ã³ãã«ã«æ¯ãåããæ¯ãåããããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ãå¶åŸ¡ããã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãšãªãã»ããæ
å ±ãçæããããšã«ãããçš®ã
ã®ç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã
  As described above, the image data read by the image reading device (
ïŒã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªäžã®é åèšå®ãšïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éïŒ
ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ç»åããŒã¿ãïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããããã«ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿããã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãèšå®ãããïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã¯ãã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ã«åŸã£ãŠïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãå¶åŸ¡ããã
<Main memory area setting and DMA transfer>
In order to DMA transfer image data to the
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒãæå®ã®ç©åœ¢é åïŒãããã¯ïŒã«åå²ããç¶æ
ã瀺ãå³ã§ãããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒãæå®ã®ç©åœ¢é åïŒãããã¯ïŒã«åå²ããç¶æ
ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒããªã³ã°ãããã¡ãšããŠå©çšããäŸã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã
  FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a state in which the
å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããç»åããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠãç©åœ¢é ååäœã«ç»ååŠçãæœãããã«ãç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãïŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒããããã¯ã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãïŒã«å¿ããŠãç©åœ¢é åãå®çŸ©ããããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãèšå®ããããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒäžã«ãããŠãã¯ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ã®ã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ã瀺ããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒïŒžè»žæ¹åïŒã®é åã¯æå®ã®ãã€ãé·ïŒïŒžïŒ¡ãïŒã«ããåå²ããããå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒïŒ¹è»žæ¹åïŒã®é åã¯ãæå®ã®ã©ã€ã³æ°ïŒïŒ¹ïŒ¡ãïŒã«ããåå²ãããããªã³ã°ãããã¡ãšããŠäœ¿çšããå ŽåïŒå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒïŒããããã³ã°ãä»ããŠç€ºããé åïŒïŒïŒïœåã³ïŒïŒïŒïœã¯åäžã®ã¡ã¢ãªé åãšãªãã
  As shown in FIG. 15, in order to perform image processing in units of rectangular areas on the image data stored in the
ç©åœ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããïŒïŒ¡ã¯ãã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒ³ïŒ¡ããå§ãŸããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒžïŒ¡åã®ããŒã¿ã転éããããšãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒã©ã€ã³åã·ãããã転éã¢ãã¬ã¹ãšããŠããªãã»ããããŒã¿ïŒïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒ¡ïŒã§ç€ºãããã¢ãã¬ã¹ãèšå®ãããã以äžåæ§ã«äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®è»¢éãšãªãã»ããããŒã¿ïŒïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒ¡ïŒã«ããã¢ãã¬ã¹ã®ã·ãããå¶åŸ¡ãããŠç©åœ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããïŒïŒ¡ãå®äºãããšã次ã®ç©åœ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããïŒïŒ¡ã«ç§»è¡ããã   The DMA for the rectangular area (0, 0) starts from the start address SA, and when data for XA is transferred in the main scanning direction, it is offset data (OFF1A) as a transfer address shifted by one line in the sub-scanning direction. The indicated address is set. Similarly, when transfer in the main scanning direction and address shift by offset data (OFF1A) are controlled and DMA for the rectangular area (0, 0) is completed, the DMA shifts to DMA for the next rectangular area (1, 0).
ç©åœ¢é åïŒïŒãïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããïŒïŒ¡ã¯ããªãã»ããã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒ¡ïŒã§ç€ºãããã¢ãã¬ã¹ã«ãžã£ã³ããã以äžãç©åœ¢é åïŒïŒãïŒïŒã®å Žåãšåæ§ã«äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®è»¢éãšããªãã»ããããŒã¿ïŒïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒ¡ïŒã«ããã¢ãã¬ã¹ã®ã·ãããå¶åŸ¡ãããç©åœ¢é åïŒïŒãïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããïŒïŒ¡ãçµäºãããšã次ã®ç©åœ¢é åïŒïŒãïŒïŒã«åŠçãé²ããã以äžåæ§ã«é åïŒïœãïŒïŒãŸã§ãã©ã€ã³åã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ãå®äºãããšã次ã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ããªãã»ããããŒã¿ïŒïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒã§ç€ºãããã¢ãã¬ã¹ã«ãžã£ã³ãããŠãç©åœ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããåŠçã«ç§»è¡ããã以äžåæ§ã«é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã»ã»ã»ã«å¯ŸããïŒïŒ¡ãå¶åŸ¡ããããã¡ã¢ãªå®¹éã«ãããäŸãã°ãç©åœ¢é åã®ãµã€ãºãç°ãªãå ŽåïŒïŒžïŒ¢ãã«ããå®çŸ©ãããå ŽåïŒããã®é åãµã€ãºã«å¿ãããªãã»ããããŒã¿ïŒïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒ¢ãïŒïŒ¢ïŒãæŽã«èšå®ãããŠïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ãå¶åŸ¡ãããã   The DMA for the rectangular area (1, 0) jumps to the address indicated by the offset address (OFF2A). Hereinafter, similarly to the rectangular area (0, 0), transfer in the main scanning direction and offset data (OFF1A). When the address shift by is controlled and DMA for the rectangular area (1, 0) is completed, the process proceeds to the next rectangular area (2, 0). Similarly, when the DMA for the YA line is completed up to the area (n, 0), the next DMA is jumped to the address indicated by the offset data (OFF3), and the process proceeds to the process for the rectangular area (0, 1). . Similarly, the DMA for the areas (1, 1), (2, 1). For example, when the size of the rectangular area differs depending on the memory capacity (when defined by XB and YB), offset data (OFF1B, OFF2B) corresponding to the area size is further set to control the DMA.
以äžèª¬æããç©åœ¢é åã¯ãèšå®ãããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®è§£å床ãšãåç §ããã¹ãç»çŽ é åãšã«ããç©åœ¢é åéã§éè€ããé åïŒã®ã代é åïŒãšããŠäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ç»çŽ åã³å¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ã©ã€ã³æ°ãèšå®ãããã¡ã¢ãªäžã«å±éãããŠããç»åããŒã¿ã®å²ãåœãŠïŒåå²ïŒãå¶åŸ¡ãããã   The rectangular area described above is a pixel and sub-pixel in the main scanning direction as an overlapping area between the rectangular areas due to the resolution in the main scanning direction according to the set image processing mode and the pixel area to be referred to. The number of lines in the scanning direction is set, and the allocation (division) of image data developed on the memory is controlled.
ïŒå
·äœäŸïŒ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«å¿
èŠãšãªã容éãç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãå¥ã«äŸç€ºããå³ã§ãããååŠçã¢ãŒãã«ãã以äžã®ããã«èšå®ãããã
<Specific example>
FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating capacity required for the
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ãã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã®å Žåã«å¯Ÿå¿ããæå¹ç»çŽ ïŒäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒïŒïŒïœïœïœãæåå€å®ïŒïŒºïŒ³ïŒ§ïŒåŠçïŒäžäžïŒïŒã©ã€ã³ãå·ŠïŒïŒç»çŽ ãå³ïŒïŒç»çŽ ãè²å€å®ãã£ã«ã¿ãªã³ã°ïŒïŒ®ïŒ³ïŒŠïŒåŠçïŒäžäžïŒã©ã€ã³ãå·ŠïŒç»çŽ ãå³ïŒç»çŽ ãå€ååŠçïŒäžïŒã©ã€ã³ã®äŸã§ããã   16A corresponds to the case of the color copy mode. Effective pixels: 600 dpi in the main scanning direction, character determination (ZSG) processing: upper and lower 11 lines, left 12 pixels, right 13 pixels, color determination filtering (NSF) ) Processing: Upper and lower 2 lines, left 2 pixels, right 3 pixels, scaling processing: lower 1 line.
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ãçœé»ã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã®å Žåã«å¯Ÿå¿ããæå¹ç»çŽ ïŒäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒïŒïŒïœïœïœãè²å€å®ãã£ã«ã¿ãªã³ã°ïŒïŒ®ïŒ³ïŒŠïŒåŠçïŒäžäžïŒã©ã€ã³ãå·Šå³ïŒç»çŽ ãå€ååŠçïŒäžïŒã©ã€ã³ã®äŸã§ããã   (B) in FIG. 16 corresponds to the case of the monochrome copy mode. Effective pixels: 600 dpi in the main scanning direction, color determination filtering (NSF) processing: upper and lower 2 lines, left and right 2 pixels, scaling processing: lower 1 line It is an example.
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã¯ãã«ã©ãŒã¹ãã£ã³ã¢ãŒãã¢ãŒãã®å Žåã«å¯Ÿå¿ããæå¹ç»çŽ ïŒäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïœïœãå€ååŠçïŒäžïŒã©ã€ã³ã®äŸã§ããã   FIG. 16C corresponds to the case of the color scan mode mode, and is an example of effective pixels: 1200 dpi in the main scanning direction and scaling processing: the lower one line.
æŽã«ãã®ã代éã®èšå®ã¯ãã¡ã¢ãªãªãœãŒã¹ã®ä»ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒãšã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒãšã®éã®è»¢éå¹çã«ã圱é¿ããã転éå¹çã¯ã®ã代é åãå«ããç»åé åã«å¯Ÿããæå¹ç»çŽ é åã®é¢ç©æ¯ãšããŠå®çŸ©ãããäžè¿°ã®ããã«ãã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã«ãããŠã¯ãã®ã代é åã®ç¢ºä¿ãäžå¯æ¬ ã§ããããšãã転éå¹çã¯äœããªãããã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãã§ã¯ãå€ååŠçãé€ããŠãã®ã代ãç¡ãããã«è»¢éå¹çã¯é«ããªãã
  Further, the setting of the glue amount affects not only memory resources but also transfer efficiency between the
äŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã®å Žåãã®ã代é åãå«ãç©åœ¢é åãïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ÃïŒïŒã©ã€ã³ãšãããšãæå€§ã®ã®ã代é ååïŒæåå€å®åŠçïŒïŒºïŒ³ïŒ§ïŒåïŒãå·®ãåŒããæå¹ãªé åã¯ãïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ÃïŒïŒã©ã€ã³ãšãªãã転éå¹çã¯ïŒïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ÃïŒïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ÃïŒïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒâïŒïŒïŒ ãšãªãã   For example, in the case of the color copy mode shown in FIG. 16A, if the rectangular area including the margin area is 283 pixels à 49 lines, the maximum margin area (character determination processing (ZSG)) is subtracted. The effective area is 256 pixels à 24 lines, and the transfer efficiency is (256 pixels à 24 lines) / (283 pixels à 49 lines) â44%.
äžæ¹ãå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã®ã«ã©ãŒã¹ãã£ã³ã¢ãŒãæã¯å€ååŠçãããªããã°ãã®ã代ã¯ç¡ãã®ã§è»¢éå¹çã¯ïŒïŒïŒïŒ ãšãªãã   On the other hand, in the color scan mode shown in FIG. 16C, if the scaling process is not performed, there is no margin and the transfer efficiency is 100%.
ã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãããŸãã¯ã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã¯ç»ååŠçã®å 容ãç°ãªããããå¿ èŠãšãªãã¡ã¢ãªã®é åã¯ããã®åŠçå 容ã«å¿ããŠé©åã«èšå®ããããäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãæã«ã¯ãæåå€å®ïŒïŒºïŒ³ïŒ§ïŒåŠçãè²å€å®ãã£ã«ã¿ãªã³ã°ïŒïŒ®ïŒ³ïŒŠïŒåŠçãå¿ èŠãªããã«ãæå¹ç»çŽ é åãæœåºããã®ã代éïŒå³äžã§ã¯ãæå¹ç»çŽ åšèŸºã«ç¢ºä¿ãããŠããé åãšããŠç€ºããïŒã¯å€ããªãããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®æå¹ç»çŽ æ°ãšããŠè§£å床ïŒïŒïŒïœïœïœçšåºŠã確ä¿ããå¿ èŠããããããã¡ã¢ãªé åãšã®ãã¬ãŒããªãã«ããã®ã代é åã¯æ±ºå®ãããã   Since the contents of the image processing differ between the scanner mode and the copy mode, the necessary memory area is appropriately set according to the processing contents. For example, as shown in FIG. 16, since character determination (ZSG) processing and color determination filtering (NSF) processing are required in the color copy mode, a margin amount for extracting an effective pixel region (in the drawing, effective pixels) However, since it is necessary to secure a resolution of about 600 dpi as the number of effective pixels in the main scanning direction, the margin area is determined by a trade-off with the memory area.
äžæ¹ãã¹ãã£ã³ã¢ãŒãæã¯ãå€ååŠç以å€ã§ã¯ã®ã代éã®ç¢ºä¿ã¯äžèŠã§ããããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®æå¹ç»çŽ æ°ãšããŠïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïœïœçšåºŠã確ä¿ããå¿ èŠããããåŸã£ãŠãã¡ã¢ãªã®å²åœéãã¹ãã£ã³ã¢ãŒããšã³ããŒã¢ãŒããšã§åçšåºŠãšããå Žåã¯ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ã©ã€ã³æ°ããäŸãã°ãïŒïŒã©ã€ã³ãšããã°ãã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒããšã¹ãã£ã³ã¢ãŒãã«ãããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªã®å²ãåœãŠéãåçšåºŠãšããããšãã§ããã以äžãç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãå¥ã®æ ŒçŽåŠçã®æµããå³ïŒïŒãå³ïŒïŒã«ãã説æããã   On the other hand, in the scan mode, it is not necessary to secure the amount of paste except for the scaling process, but it is necessary to secure about 1200 dpi as the number of effective pixels in the main scanning direction. Therefore, when the memory allocation amount is approximately the same in the scan mode and the copy mode, if the number of lines in the sub-scanning direction is, for example, 24 lines, the main memory allocation amount in the color copy mode and the scan mode can be reduced. It can be about the same. Hereinafter, the flow of storage processing for each image processing mode will be described with reference to FIGS.
ïŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãæã®æ ŒçŽåŠçïŒ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£
眮ã«ããã第ïŒã®ããŒã¿åŠçæé ã®äžäŸã瀺ããããŒãã£ãŒãã§ãããäŸãã°ã³ããŒã¢ãŒãæã«ãããããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽåŠçæé ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããªããïŒïŒãïŒïŒã¯åã¹ãããã瀺ãã
<Storage processing in copy mode>
FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing an example of a first data processing procedure in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention, and corresponds to, for example, a data storage processing procedure in the copy mode. S11 to S18 indicate each step.
ãŸããã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãã³ããŒã¢ãŒããã«ã©ãŒã§ãããåŠãã倿ããã«ã©ãŒã§ãããšå€æããå ŽåïŒã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ïŒ¹ïŒ¥ïŒ³ïŒãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãæã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éã®ããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ å ±ã以äžã®ããã«èšå®ããã   First, in step S11, it is determined whether or not the copy mode is color. If it is determined that the copy mode is color (YES in step S11), the process proceeds to step S12 to perform DMA transfer in the color copy mode. Set the address information as follows.
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã®ã代ãå«ããŠæžã蟌ãå Žåã¯ããããã¡ã®å é ããæå¹ç»çŽ ïŒäŸãã°ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®è§£å床ïŒïŒïŒïœïœïœïŒã確ä¿ããæŽã«ããã®åšèŸºã«ã®ã代ïŒäžäžïŒïŒã©ã€ã³ãå·ŠïŒïŒç»çŽ ãå³ïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒãèšå®ããïŒå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒãåç §ïŒã   In the case of writing including the margin of (a) in FIG. 16, an effective pixel (for example, resolution 600 dpi in the main scanning direction) is secured from the top of the buffer, and the margin (upper and lower 11 lines, left 12 pixels) is also provided in the periphery. , 13 pixels on the right) are set (see (a) of FIG. 16).
äžæ¹ãå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒæå¹ç»çŽ ã®ã¿ãæžã蟌ãå Žåã¯ã
ã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ³ïŒ¡ïŒïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®å
é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFTOPïŒïŒã®ã代ãå«ããïŒé ç»åã®äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ç»çŽ æ°ïŒTOTALWIDTHïŒÃ11ïŒå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ã®ã代ïŒäžïŒïŒïŒ12ïŒäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ã®ã代ïŒå·ŠïŒïŒãšãªãã
On the other hand, when writing only effective pixels (b) in FIG.
Start address (SA) = Memory top address (BUFTOP) + Number of pixels in the main scanning direction (TOTALWIDTH) x 11 (sub scanning margin (upper) in the sub scanning direction) + 12 (main scanning direction) Norihiro (left)).
ãªããïŒTOTALWIDTHïŒïŒããŒãžç»åã®äž»èµ°æ»æå¹ç»çŽ æ°ïŒIMAGEWIDTHïŒïŒå·Šã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒå³ã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒ
ïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®ãšã³ãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFFBOTTOMïŒïŒïŒïŒãªã³ã°ãããã¡ã®æãè¿ãã¢ãã¬ã¹ãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒTOTALWIDTHâIMAGEWIDTHãšãªãã
In addition, (TOTALWIDTH = number of effective main scanning pixels (IMAGEWIDTH) of one page image + number of left margin pixels + number of right margin pixels)
UA = memory end address (BUFFBOTTOM) + 1 = ring buffer return address and OFF1A = TOTALWIDTH-IMAGEWIDTH.
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒïŒã§ãã¢ãã¯ãã§ãããšå€æããå Žåã¯ãã¹ãããïŒïŒãžé²ã¿ãã¢ãã¯ãã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã«ãããïŒïŒ¡è»¢éã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ å ±ãã以äžã®ããã«èšå®ããã   On the other hand, if it is determined in step (11) that the image is monochrome, the process proceeds to step S13, and the address information for DMA transfer in the monochrome copy mode is set as follows.
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ã®ã代ãå«ããŠæžã蟌ãå Žåã¯ããããã¡ã®å é ããæå¹ç»çŽ ïŒäŸãã°ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®è§£å床ïŒïŒïŒïœïœïœïŒã確ä¿ããæŽã«ããã®åšèŸºã«ã®ã代ïŒäžäžïŒã©ã€ã³ãå·Šå³ïŒç»çŽ ïŒãèšå®ããïŒå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒãåç §ïŒã   When writing including a margin as shown in FIG. 16A, an effective pixel (for example, resolution 600 dpi in the main scanning direction) is secured from the head of the buffer, and a margin (upper and lower two lines) is provided in the periphery. , Left and right 2 pixels) are set (see FIG. 16B).
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒæå¹ç»çŽ ã®ã¿ãæžã蟌ãå Žåã¯ãã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ³ïŒ¡ïŒïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®å é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFTOPïŒïŒã®ã代ãå«ããïŒé ç»åã®äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ç»çŽ æ°ïŒTOTALWIDTHïŒÃ2ïŒå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ã®ã代ïŒäžïŒïŒïŒ2ïŒäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ã®ã代ïŒå·ŠïŒïŒãšãïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®ãšã³ãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFFBOTTOMïŒïŒ1ãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒTOTALWIDTHâIMAGEWIDTHãšèšå®ãããã   When writing only effective pixels in FIG. 16B, start address (SA) = start address of memory (BUFTOP) + number of pixels in the main scanning direction of the one-page image including the margin (TOTALWIDTH) à 2 (sub- The margin in the scanning direction (top) +2 (the margin in the main scanning direction (left)), UA = memory end address (BUFFBOTTOM) +1, and OFF1A = TOTALWIDTH-IMAGEWIDTH.
ãã®ããã«ã¹ãããïŒïŒãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ããããïŒïŒ¡è»¢éã®ããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ å ±ãèšå®ããããšãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããŠãããŒã¿è»¢éãéå§ãããã   When address information for DMA transfer is set in steps S12 and S13 as described above, the process proceeds to step S14, and data transfer is started.
次ã«ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒå
ã®åãã£ã³ãã«ã«æ ŒçŽãããããŒã¿ã¯ãé æ¬¡èªã¿åããããæå®ã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ã«åŸã£ãŠãïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãããããããŠããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãçµäºãããšïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒãèªã¿åããçµäºããŠïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒ¡è»¢éã¯çµäºããŠïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒãåŠçãçµäºããã
  Next, in step S15, the data stored in each channel in the I /
ïŒã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãæã®æ ŒçŽåŠçïŒ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£
眮ã«ããã第ïŒã®ããŒã¿åŠçæé ã®äžäŸã瀺ããããŒãã£ãŒãã§ãããäŸãã°ã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãæã«ãããããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽåŠçæé ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããªããïŒïŒãïŒïŒã¯åã¹ãããã瀺ãã
<Storage process in scanner mode>
FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing an example of a second data processing procedure in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention, and corresponds to, for example, a data storage processing procedure in the scanner mode. S21 to S26 indicate each step.
ãŸããã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãæã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éã®ããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ å ±ã以äžã®ããã«èšå®ããã   First, in step S21, address information for DMA transfer in the scanner mode is set as follows.
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãã®ã代ãå«ããŠæžã蟌ãå Žåã¯ããããã¡ã®å é ããæå¹ç»çŽ ïŒäŸãã°ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®è§£å床ïŒïŒïŒïŒïœïœïœïŒã確ä¿ããæŽã«ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«äžïŒã©ã€ã³ã®ã®ã代ãèšå®ããïŒå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒãåç §ïŒã   As shown in FIG. 16A, when writing including a margin, an effective pixel (for example, resolution of 1200 dpi in the main scanning direction) is secured from the top of the buffer, and further, the lower one line in the sub scanning direction is secured. A margin is set (see (c) of FIG. 16).
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãæå¹ç»çŽ ã®ã¿ãæžã蟌ãå Žåã¯ãã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ³ïŒ¡ïŒïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®å é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFTOPïŒãšãïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®ãšã³ãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFFBOTTOMïŒïŒ1ïŒãªã³ã°ãããã¡ã®æãè¿ãã¢ãã¬ã¹ãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒTOTALWIDTHïŒIMAGEWIDTHïŒãšèšå®ããã   As shown in FIG. 16B, when only valid pixels are written, start address (SA) = start address of memory (BUFTOP), UA = end address of memory (BUFFBOTTOM) + 1 = folding address of ring buffer And OFF1A = 0 (TOTALWIDTH = IMAGEWIDTH).
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãèšå®ããããšãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãéå§ãããïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒå
ã®åãã£ã³ãã«ã«æ ŒçŽãããããŒã¿ã¯ãé æ¬¡èªã¿åãããïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒãæå®ã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ã«åŸã£ãŠãïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãããããããŠããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãçµäºãããšïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒãèªã¿åããçµäºããŠïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãçµäºããŠïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒãåŠçãçµäºããã
  When the address information is set in step S21, DMA transfer starts in step S22. The data stored in each channel in the I /
以äžãå³ïŒïŒãå³ïŒïŒã®åŠçã«ãããç»åããŒã¿ã¯èšå®ãããåŠçã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããŠã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«å±éããããå°ãå³ïŒïŒãå³ïŒïŒã§ç€ºããã®ã代éã¯ä»»æã«èšå®å¯èœãªãã©ã¡ãŒã¿ã§ãããæ¬çºæã®è¶£æšã¯ãã®æ¡ä»¶ã«ããéå®ããããã®ã§ã¯ãªãã
  As described above, the image data is developed in the
ïŒããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºãïŒ
ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«å±éãããç»åããŒã¿ã¯ãæå®ã®ç©åœ¢é åããšã«ã察å¿ããããããŒã¿ãè¥ããã¯ã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ãšããŠãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã«ããŒãã£ã³ã°ãããåç©åœ¢é 忝ã«ç»ååŠçãå®è¡ããããç©åœ¢é åããšã«ç»ååŠçãè¡ãããã«ãïŒïŒïŒã¯ç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ïŒïŒ£ïŒ£ïŒ€ïŒïŒïŒïŒ£ïŒ©ïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒã®åå
çŽ åã®æåºŠã®ã°ãã€ããïŒïŒã®å
éã®ã°ãã€ãçãè£æ£ããã·ã§ãŒãã£ã³ã°ïŒïŒ³ïŒšïŒ€ïŒè£æ£ããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒå
ã«æºåããç©åœ¢é åã®ã·ã§ãŒãã£ã³ã°ããŒã¿åã³ç©åœ¢é åã®ç»åããŒã¿ã¯ãåŸã«èª¬æããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã«ããã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãããã
<Reading data>
The image data developed in the
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£
眮ã«ãããããŒã¿èªã¿åºãåŠçã説æããå³ã§ãããç©åœ¢é åã®ç»åããŒã¿ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®ãããã¯ãããã¡ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒå³ïŒïŒïŒã«è»¢éããéã®ããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºãåŠçäŸã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã
  FIG. 19 is a diagram for explaining data read processing in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention. Data read processing when image data in a rectangular area is transferred to the block buffer RAM 210 (FIG. 21) of the scanner
å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã«é¢ããŠã¯ããã®æå¹ç»çŽ é åïŒïœïœïœïœïŒã«å¯ŸããŠãã®ã代é åïŒïŒ£ïŒ€ïŒãèšå®ãããŠããïŒå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒïŒãç»åããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºãã¯ïŒ¡ãã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ãšããŠã察å¿ããããŒã¿ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒã¢ãã¬ã¹ãŸã§èªã¿åºãããã   In FIG. 19, with respect to the area (0, 0), the margin area AB1CD1 is set for the effective pixel area (abcd) ((a) of FIG. 19), and image data reading starts A. Corresponding data is read up to the main scanning direction B1 address as the address.
ãããŠãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããçµäºãããšã次ã«èªã¿åºãããŒã¿ã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹ããå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒã©ã€ã³åãã·ããããå³äžã®ïŒ¡ïŒã¢ãã¬ã¹ã«ç§»ããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒ¢ïŒã¢ãã¬ã¹ã®ç»çŽ ãŸã§ããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããã以äžåæ§ã«ããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããã®ã代é åã®æçµã©ã€ã³ã«çžåœããã¢ãã¬ã¹ããïŒã¢ãã¬ã¹ãŸã§ã®äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããè¡ãããŠãé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããå®äºããã   When the reading of the data in the main scanning direction is completed, the address of the data to be read next is moved to the A2 address in the figure shifted by one line in the sub-scanning direction, and the data reaches the B3 address pixel in the main scanning direction. Read out. In the same manner, data is read out, and data in the main scanning direction from the C address corresponding to the last line in the margin area is read in the main scanning direction, and the reading of data in the area (0, 0) is completed. .
é åïŒïŒãïŒïŒã«é¢ããŠã¯ããã®æå¹ç»çŽ é åïŒïœïœ ïœïœïŒã«å¯ŸããŠãã®ã代é åïŒïŒ¥ïŒ€ïŒïŒŠãèšå®ãããŠããïŒå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒïŒãç»åããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºãã¯ïŒ¢ïŒãã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ãšããŠã察å¿ããããŒã¿ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã¢ãã¬ã¹ãŸã§èªã¿åºããããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããçµäºãããšã次ã«èªã¿åºãããŒã¿ã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹ããå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒã©ã€ã³åã·ããããå³äžã®ïŒ¢ïŒã¢ãã¬ã¹ã«ç§»ããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒ¢ïŒã¢ãã¬ã¹ã®ç»çŽ ãŸã§ããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããã   For the area (0, 1), the margin area B2ED2F is set for the effective pixel area (bedf) ((b) of FIG. 19), and image data is read using B2 as the start address. Data to be read is read up to the E address in the main scanning direction. When the reading of the data in the main scanning direction is completed, the address of the next data to be read is moved to the B4 address in the figure shifted by one line in the sub-scanning direction, and the data is read up to the pixel at the B5 address in the main scanning direction.
ãããŠãã®ã代é åã®æçµã©ã€ã³ã«çžåœããïŒã¢ãã¬ã¹ããã¢ãã¬ã¹ãŸã§ã®äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ç»åããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããè¡ãããŠã第ïŒé åã®ããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããå®äºããã以äžã®åŠçã«ãããã®ã代é åãå«ãç©åœ¢é åã®ããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããã以äžãåæ§ã®åŠçãåç©åœ¢é åã«å¯ŸããŠè¡ãããã   Then, the image data in the main scanning direction from the D2 address to the F address corresponding to the last line in the margin area is read, and the reading of the data in the second area is completed. Through the above processing, the data of the rectangular area including the margin area is read out. Thereafter, the same processing is performed for each rectangular area.
ïŒïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®æ§æïŒ
ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºãã¯ãå³ïŒã«ãããç»ååŠçïŒïŒ¡ïŒïŒå
ã®ïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã«ããå¶åŸ¡ãããã第ïŒèªã¿åºãããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã¯ãããŒã¿èªã¿åºãçšã®ç¬¬ïŒïŒ¢ïŒµïŒ³ïŒïŒãä»ããŠã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒãšæ¥ç¶ãã第ïŒèªã¿åºãããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã¯ãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã«ããçæãããã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãåç
§ããŠãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒããæå®ã®ç»åããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããšãã§ããã
<Configuration of I /
Reading of data stored in the
èªã¿åºãããããŒã¿ã¯ããŒã¿èšå®ãŠãããïŒïŒïœã«ãããè€æ°åèšããããæå®ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒïŒã«èšå®ããããäŸãã°ãã·ã§ãŒãã£ã³ã°è£æ£çšã®ç»åããŒã¿ããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïŒïœïœïŒïŒãé¢é 次ã®ïŒ²ããŒã¿ããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïŒïœïœïŒïŒãé¢é 次ã®ïŒ§ããŒã¿ããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïŒïœïœïŒïŒãé¢é 次ã®ïŒ¢ããŒã¿ããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïŒïœïœïŒïŒãšãåããŒã¿ãèšå®ãããã
  The read data is set to a plurality of predetermined channels (ch3 to ch6) by the
åãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒïŒã«èšå®ãããããŒã¿ã¯ãïŒïŒ¯ã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹ïŒïŒïœãä»ããŠãïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®å¶åŸ¡ã®äžãé æ¬¡ã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãããã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®ãããã¯ãããã¡ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒå³ïŒïŒïŒã«ããŒãã£ã³ã°ãããã
  Data set in each channel (ch3 to ch6) is sequentially DMA-transferred via the I /
ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯ãïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒã®Read_endä¿¡å·ãèªã¿åºãæŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒãžã®å
¥åã«æ¥ç¶ããã䜿çšããããã£ã³ãã«ã«å¿ããæå¹èšå®ãè¡ãã®ã¯æžã蟌ã¿åŽã®æŽæ°æ€åºã«ãããå¶åŸ¡ãšåæ§ã«è¡ãã䜿çšããããã£ã³ãã«ã¯ã«ã©ãŒåŠçæã«ã¯ïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒå
šãã£ã³ãã«ã䜿çšãããã¢ãã¯ãæã«ã¯ïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒå
šãã£ã³ãã«ãããã¯ïœïœïŒïŒïœïœïŒã䜿çšãããRead_endä¿¡å·ã®æå¹èšå®ã¯äžèšèšå®ã«å¿ããŠåãæããŠäœ¿çšããã
  The
ãŸããRead_endä¿¡å·ã¯å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒããïŒïœïŒïŒïŒã®é åïŒã¹ãã©ã€ãé åïŒåã®è»¢éãçµäºãããšçºçãããæå¹ãšèšå®ãããå
šchã®Read_endä¿¡å·ãå
¥åããããšãå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«count_downä¿¡å·ãçæããæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã®å€ããäºãå¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ïŒïŒïŒã«èšå®ãããæžç®å€(DEC_VALUE)åæžç®ããããã®DEC_VALUEã®å€ã¯åäœã¢ãŒãã«ãã£ãŠç°ãªããå³ã¡ãã¹ãã©ã€ãå¹
Ã䞻走æ»å¹
åã®ç»åããŒã¿ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã«è»¢éãããšãæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ãæžç®ããã®ã§ã¹ãã£ãã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹éšïŒïŒããæ¬¡ã®ç»åããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãè¡ãããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã
  The Read_end signal is generated when the transfer of the area (stripe area) from (0, 0) to (n, 0) shown in FIG. When the Read_end signals for all the channels set as valid are input, a count_down signal is generated as shown in FIGS. 11C and 11D, and the subtraction preset in the control register 771 from the value of the stay counter 774 is performed. Subtract the value (DEC_VALUE). The value of DEC_VALUE varies depending on the operation mode. That is, when image data corresponding to stripe width à main scanning width is transferred to the scanner
TRIGGER_LINEå€ã¯ãäŸãã°èªã¿åºãåŽã®ã¹ãã©ã€ãã©ã€ã³åã®å€ãèšå®ãããTRIGGER_LINEå€ã¯ã«ã©ãŒCCDã®æ§ã«ïŒ²ïŒïŒ§ïŒïŒ¢åºåéã«å¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®äœçœ®ãããããå Žåã«ã¯ãäžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒâïŒã§ãã®äœçœ®ã®å·®ãåžåããå¿ èŠããããããã®å€ãTRIGGER_LINEã«å ç®ããå¿ èŠãããã   As the TRIGGER_LINE value, for example, a value corresponding to the stripe line on the reading side is set. If the TRIGGER_LINE value is misaligned in the sub-scanning direction between the R, G, and B outputs as in the color CCD, the intermediate buffer 101-1 needs to absorb this position difference, and the value is set to TRIGGER_LINE. It is necessary to add.
RING_LINEå€ã¯ãäŸãã°ã¹ãã©ã€ãã©ã€ã³åïŒïŒã©ã€ã³ã®å€ãèšå®ããããã®å€ã¯ã·ã¹ãã ã«æ±ããããã©ãŒãã³ã¹ã«ãã£ãŠå€æŽããå¿ èŠãããããŸãRING_LINEã®å€ã¯TRIGGER_LINEããã倧ããèšå®ããã   As the RING_LINE value, for example, a value of stripe line +8 lines is set. This value should be changed according to the performance required for the system. Set the value of RING_LINE to be larger than TRIGGER_LINE.
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããèªã¿åãã¢ãŒãæ¯ã®DEC_VALUEãTRIGGER_LINEãRING_LINEã®èšå®äŸã瀺ãå³ã§ããã   FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a setting example of DEC_VALUE, TRIGGER_LINE, and RING_LINE for each reading mode in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention.
å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãèšå®ã¯ãèªã¿åãåäœã®éå§åã«è¡ããéå§åŸã«èšå®ã倿ŽããªããŠããïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®èšå®ã®ã¿ãæŽæ°ããã°ãç¶ç¶çã«ãããã¡ã®ç®¡çãšèªã¿åºãåŽã®èµ·åå¶åŸ¡ãè¡ãããšãåºæ¥ãã
  The setting shown in FIG. 20 is performed before the start of the reading operation. Even if the setting is not changed after the start, if only the setting of the
ãŸãããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïŒïœïœïŒïŒã¯ãæå®ã®ç»ååŠçãæœãããããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽããããã«ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒããåºåãããç¹é 次ã®ç»åããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽãããã£ã³ãã«ã§ãããã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã¯ãç¹é 次ã®ç»åããŒã¿ã®åºåã«åãããŠãã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ïŒãããã¯ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ãã©ã€ã³ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ïŒãåºåãããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ã«åºã¥ããŠãç¬¬ïŒæžã蟌ã¿ããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠïŒïŒïœã¯ããã£ã³ãã«ïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããŠããç»åããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽããããã®åŠçã®å
容ã¯åŸã«è©³çްã«èª¬æããã
  Channel 7 (ch7) is a channel for storing dot-sequential image data output from the scanner
ïŒç»ååŠçïŒ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£
眮ã«ãããããŒã¿åŠçäŸã説æããå³ã§ãããå³ïŒã«ç€ºããã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®æŠç¥çãªæ§æã説æãããããã¯å³ã§ããããããã¯ãããã¡ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ããŒãã£ã³ã°ãããããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠãåç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããåŠçãå®è¡ãããã
<Image processing>
FIG. 21 is a diagram for explaining an example of data processing in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention, is a block diagram for explaining a schematic configuration of the scanner
ãŸããå³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããåç»ååŠçã«èŠããç©åœ¢é åã®ãµã€ãºã説æããæš¡åŒå³ã§ããã   FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram for explaining the size of a rectangular area required for each image processing in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention.
ã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã¯ãèšå®ãããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããŠãç©åœ¢é åã«å¯ŸããŠåç
§ããã¹ãç©åœ¢ç»çŽ é åãåæ¿ããŠåŠçãå®è¡ããã以äžãç»ååŠçã®å
容ãå³ïŒïŒã«ããããŸãããã®åŠçã®éã«åç
§ããç©åœ¢é åã®ãµã€ãºãå³ïŒïŒãåç
§ããŠèª¬æããã
  The scanner
å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãã·ã§ãŒãã£ã³ã°è£æ£ãããã¯ïŒïŒ³ïŒšïŒ€ïŒïŒïŒã¯ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®å æºïŒïŒ¬ïŒ¥ïŒ€ïŒïŒïŒã®å éååžã®ã°ãã€ãããç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã®åå çŽ åã®ã°ãã€ããæåºåã®ãªãã»ãããè£æ£ããåŠçãããã¯ã§ããã   In FIG. 21, a shading correction block (SHD) 22 is a processing block for correcting variations in the light amount distribution of the light source (LED 19) in the main scanning direction, variations in light receiving elements of the image reading device, and dark output offset.
ã·ã§ãŒãã£ã³ã°ããŒã¿ã¯ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã§æïŒ²ãæïŒ§ãæïŒ¢ãæïŒ²ãæïŒ§ãæïŒ¢ã®é ã«ïŒç»çŽ åã®è£æ£ããŒã¿ãé¢é æ¬¡ã«æ ŒçŽãããŠãããç©åœ¢é åã«å¯Ÿå¿ããç»çŽ æ°ïŒäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒžç»çŽ ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒ¹ç»çŽ ïŒå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒãåç
§ïŒïŒãå
¥åãããã
  The shading data stores correction data for one pixel in the order of bright R, bright G, bright B, dark R, dark G, and dark B on the
ãããŠãå
¥åãããé¢é 次ã®è£æ£ããŒã¿ã¯ãå
¥åããŒã¿åŠçéšïŒïŒã«ããç¹é 次ã®ããŒã¿ã«å€æãããã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®ãããã¯ãããã¡ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽãããããããŠãç©åœ¢é åã®ã·ã§ãŒãã£ã³ã°ããŒã¿ã®åã蟌ã¿ãçµäºãããšãç»åããŒã¿ã®è»¢éã«ç§»è¡ããã
  The input frame sequential correction data is converted into dot sequential data by the input
å
¥åããŒã¿åŠçéšïŒïŒã¯ãããã«åé¢ããé¢é 次ã®ããŒã¿ãç¹é 次ã®ããŒã¿ã«åæ§æããåŠçãå®è¡ããåŠçéšã§ãããïŒç»çŽ ã®ããŒã¿ã¯ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã«é¢é 次ã®ããŒã¿ãšããŠïŒ²ããåè²æ¯ã«æ ŒçŽãããŠããããããã®ããŒã¿ããããã¯ãããã¡ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ããŒãã£ã³ã°ããããšãå
¥åããŒã¿åŠçéšïŒïŒã¯ãåè²ããŒã¿ããšã«ïŒç»çŽ ããŒã¿ãåãåºããïŒç»çŽ ã®ïŒ²ããããŒã¿ãšããŠåæ§æãããåæ§æã®åŠçãåç»çŽ æ¯ã«è¡ããé¢é 次ã®ç»åããŒã¿ãç¹é 次ã®ããŒã¿ã«å€æããã
  The input
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããç»ååŠçé åã説æããå³ã§ãããäŸãã°ç»ååŠçã®å¯Ÿè±¡é åãšãã®åŠçãå®è¡ããããã®ãã£ã«ã¿åŠççãããããã®åç §é åïŒïŒ¡ïŒ¢ïŒ£ïŒ€ïŒãæŠç¥çã«ç€ºããŠããã   FIG. 23 is a diagram for explaining an image processing region in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention. For example, a target region for image processing and a reference region (ABCD) for performing filter processing for executing the processing are schematically illustrated. Is shown.
å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãæå¹ç»çŽ é åïŒïœïœïœïœïŒã«å¯ŸããŠãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒïŒžæ¹åïŒã®ã®ã代éãšããŠããïœãããïœãç»çŽ ãèšå®ãããå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒïŒ¹æ¹åïŒã®ã®ã代éãšããŠããïœãããïœãç»çŽ ãèšå®ãããŠããã   In FIG. 23, âNaâ and âNbâ pixels are set as the margin amounts in the main scanning direction (X direction) for the effective pixel region (abcd), and the margin amounts in the sub scanning direction (Y direction). âNcâ and âNdâ pixels are set.
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãå¥ïŒã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒããã¢ãã¯ãã³ããŒã¢ãŒããã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãïŒã®ã®ã代ãäŸç€ºããå³ã§ãããå€åæã¯å€ååŠçã®å¿ èŠãããïŒç»çŽ ã ããçåæãããåç §é åã¯å€§ãããªãã   FIG. 24 is a diagram exemplifying a margin for each image processing mode (color copy mode, monochrome copy mode, scanner mode) in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention. The reference area is larger than that at the same magnification only for pixels.
ã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã®å Žåã¯ã黿åã®å€å®ããããããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã®å ã§æã倧ããåç §é åãå¿ èŠã§ããã黿åã®æ€åºã®ããã«ã¯ãç¶²ç¹ãšé»æåã®å€å®ã確å®ã«ããå¿ èŠãããããã®ããç¶²ç¹ã®åšæãå€å®ããããã«ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒïŒç»çŽ ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒå€åæïŒãåç §é åãšããŠããã   In the color copy mode, the largest reference area is required in the image processing mode in order to determine black characters. In order to detect black characters, it is necessary to ensure the determination of halftone dots and black characters. Therefore, in order to determine the period of halftone dots, 26 pixels in the main scanning direction and 26 pixels in the sub-scanning direction (when zooming) are used. The reference area.
ã¢ãã¯ãã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã®å Žåã¯ãæåéšã«å¯ŸããŠãšããžåŒ·èª¿ãè¡ãããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒç»çŽ ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒç»çŽ ïŒå€åæïŒãåç §é åãšããŠãããã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãã¯ããã¹ãã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿äžã®ã¹ãã£ããã©ã€ããã¢ããªã±ãŒã·ã§ã³ã«ããå¿ èŠãªç»ååŠçãè¡ããããçåæã«ã¯åç §é åã¯å¿ èŠãšããªãããå€åæã«ã¯å¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒç»çŽ åãåç §é åãèšå®ããããå°ãããã§ç€ºããã®ã代éã«ãæ¬çºæã®è¶£æšã¯éå®ããããã®ã§ã¯ãªããä»»æã«èšå®ããããšãå¯èœã§ããããšã¯ãããŸã§ããªãã   In the monochrome copy mode, 5 pixels in the main scanning direction and 5 pixels in the sub-scanning direction (during zooming) are used as reference regions in order to perform edge enhancement on the character portion. In the scanner mode, necessary image processing is performed by a scanner driver or an application on the host computer. Therefore, a reference area is not required at the time of magnification, but a reference area is set for one pixel in the sub-scanning direction at the time of magnification. Needless to say, the gist of the present invention is not limited to the amount of glue shown here, and can be set arbitrarily.
å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãåŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãå¹³åååŠçéšïŒïŒ³ïŒµïŒ¢ïŒ³ïŒã¯ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®èªã¿åãè§£å床ãèœãšãããã®ãµããµã³ããªã³ã°ïŒåçŽéåŒãïŒããããã¯å¹³åååŠçãè¡ãåŠçãããã¯ã§ãããå
¥åãã¹ãã³ã°åŠçéšïŒïŒ©ïŒ®ïŒ°ïŒïŒ³ïŒ«ïŒã¯ãå
¥åãããããããŒã¿ã®è²è£æ£ãæŒç®ããåŠçãããã¯ã§ãããÎ³è£æ£åŠçéšïŒïŒ¬ïŒµïŒŽïŒã¯å
¥åãããããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠãæå®ã®éèª¿ç¹æ§ãäžããåŠçãããã¯ã§ããã
  In the
æåå€å®åŠçïŒïŒºïŒ³ïŒ§ïŒãããã¯ïŒïŒã¯ãå
¥åç»åããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠã黿åå€å¥ãç·ç»èŒªéã®ç»çŽ å€å¥ãè¡ãåŠçãããã¯ã§ããã黿åå€å¥åŠçã«ãããŠã¯ãäžè¿°ã®ããã«ç¶²ç¹åšæãããåºããšãªã¢ãåç
§ããå¿
èŠãããã®ã§ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒïŒç»çŽ ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒçžåœã®ã®ã代é åãåç
§ããã®ãæãŸãããæåå€å®åŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒºïŒ³ïŒ§ïŒïŒïŒã®å
¥åããŒã¿ã¯ãã·ã§ãŒãã£ã³ã°è£æ£ãããã¯ïŒïŒ³ïŒšïŒ€ïŒïŒïŒã®å
¥åãšåæ§ã«äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åç»çŽ ïŒæå¹ç»çŽ ïŒã®ã代ïŒÃå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åç»çŽ ïŒæå¹ç»çŽ ïŒã®ã代ïŒã®ããŒã¿ïŒå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒïŒãåç
§ããã
  The character determination processing (ZSG)
åŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãïŒïŒŽïŒŠè£æ£åŠçéšã¯ãç»åèªã¿åãããã€ã¹ã倿Žããéã®ãïŒïŒŽïŒŠå·®è£æ£ãçž®å°å€åæã®ã¢ã¢ã¬äœæžã®ããã«äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ãã£ã«ã¿åŠçãè¡ãåŠçéšã§ãããæ³šç®é åã«å¯ŸããŠãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®æå®ç»çŽ ã«ã€ããŠãåä¿æ°ãä¹å ç®åŠçãããããã¯ã§ããã
  In the
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã§ã¯ã泚ç®é åïŒã«å¯ŸããŠå·ŠåŽãããã³ã°éšïŒïœïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ãšãå³åŽãããã³ã°éšïŒïœïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ã確ä¿ããŠãé åïŒã«å¯ŸããåŠçãå®è¡ããã   In FIG. 22B, the left hatched part (b1) 2 pixels and the right hatched part (b2) 3 pixels are secured for the attention area G1, and the process for the area G1 is executed.
ïŒïŒ²ïŒ§ïŒ¢âïŒïŒ¬ãïœãïœïŒïŒå€æåŠçéšïŒïŒ£ïŒŽïŒ²ïŒ®ïŒã¯ãåŸç¶ã®ãã£ã«ã¿åŠçïŒïŒ®ïŒ³ïŒŠïŒãããã¯ïŒïŒã§è¡ããã£ã«ã¿ãªã³ã°ïŒæåºŠåŒ·èª¿ã圩床匷調ãè²å€å®ïŒã«éããïŒïŒ§ãåè²ã®å€å€ç»åããŒã¿ã®å€æåŠçãè¡ãã
  The (RGB â (L, Ca, Cb)) conversion processing unit (CTRN) performs R, G, and B colors for filtering (brightness enhancement, saturation enhancement, color determination) performed in the subsequent filter processing (NSF)
äžå°æ¿åºŠè£æ£åŠçéšïŒïŒ¡ïŒ¢ïŒ£ïŒã¯ãåçš¿ã®äžå°æ¿åºŠãèªåèªèããäžå°æ¿åºŠå€ãçœåŽã«è£æ£ããããšã«ãããã¡ã¯ã·ããªéä¿¡çã«é©ããäºå€åããŒã¿ãåŸãããã®åŠçãå®è¡ããã   The background density correction processing unit (ABC) automatically recognizes the background density of the document and corrects the background density value to the white side to execute binarized data suitable for facsimile communication or the like.
ãã£ã«ã¿åŠçïŒïŒ®ïŒ³ïŒŠïŒãããã¯ïŒïŒã¯ãå
ã®ïŒ£ïŒŽïŒ²ïŒ®åŠçã«ãããŠãåŸãããããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠè²å€å®ãšãã£ã«ã¿ãªã³ã°ãè¡ãããã®åŠçãšããŠãç»åã®æåºŠæåïŒïŒ¬ïŒã®ãšããžåŒ·åºŠåŠçåã³åœ©åºŠïŒïŒ£ïœãïœïŒã®åŒ·èª¿åŠçãè¡ããæŽã«ãå
¥åç»åã®åœ©è²å€å®ãè¡ãããã®çµæãåºåããããŸããæåå€å®åŠçïŒïŒºïŒ³ïŒ§ïŒãããã¯ïŒïŒã§çæãããæåãç·ç»èŒªééšã®å€å®ä¿¡å·çã«åºã¥ãã匷調éã®ãã©ã¡ãŒã¿ãå€åãããããšãã§ããããã£ã«ã¿åŠçïŒïŒ®ïŒ³ïŒŠïŒåŸã®ããŒã¿ã¯ããïœãïœããããããŒã¿ã«å€æãããŠåºåãããããã®åŠçãããã¯ã¯ã¢ãã¯ãç»åããŒã¿ãåŠçããå Žåã¯ïŒç»çŽ ÃïŒç»çŽ ã®ãšããžåŒ·èª¿ãã£ã«ã¿ãšããŠæ©èœããã
  The filter processing (NSF)
å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã§ã¯ã泚ç®é åïŒã«å¯ŸããŠãäžäžïŒç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒãå·Šå³ïŒç»çŽ ã®é åïŒãããã³ã°ãä»ããé åïŒãåç §ããŒã¿ãšããŠãäžè¿°ã®ãã£ã«ã¿åŠçïŒïŒ®ïŒ³ïŒŠïŒãå®è¡ãããã   In FIG. 22C, the above-described filtering process (NSF) is executed with respect to the attention area G2, using the upper and lower two pixels (line) and the left and right two pixel areas (hatched areas) as reference data. .
å€ååŠçïŒïŒ¬ïŒ©ïŒ°ïŒãããã¯ïŒïŒã¯ã䞻走æ»ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ç·åœ¢è£éå€ååŠçãæœãåŠçãããã¯ã§ãããå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã§ã¯ãé åïŒãç·åœ¢ä¿ç®¡å€ååŠçãããçµæãåŸãããé åã§ãããç»åããŒã¿ïŒïœïŒïŒïŒžïŒ¡âïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒÃïŒïŒ¹ïŒ¡âïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒïŒããããããã³ã°ãä»ããé åãæå®ã®å€åçã«å¿ããŠãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«å€åããé åïŒã®é¢ç©ã決å®ãããã
  The scaling process (LIP)
以äžã®ç»ååŠçããèšå®ãããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãïŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒããã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãïŒã«å¿ããŠãç©åœ¢é ååäœã®ç»åããŒã¿ã«æœããããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããç©åœ¢é åãã¡ã¢ãªäžã«èšå®ãããã®ç©åœ¢é åã®åäœãåãæ¿ããããšã«ãããåç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããè§£å床ãé«ç²Ÿåœ©åŠçãå®çŸããããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã   The image processing described above is performed on the image data in units of rectangular areas according to the set image processing mode (copy mode, scanner mode). By setting a rectangular area corresponding to the image processing mode on the memory and switching the unit of the rectangular area, it becomes possible to realize resolution and high-definition processing corresponding to each image processing mode.
ãŸããåç©åœ¢é åã¯ãååŠçãããã¯ã®ç»ååŠçã«å¿ èŠãªã ãã®ã代ãå«ãã§ããã®ã§ãåŠç察象ã®ç©åœ¢ç»åããŒã¿ã®ç«¯éšãåŠçããããã«ã飿¥ããé åã®ç»åããŒã¿ãç©åœ¢åäœã§èªã¿åºãå¿ èŠããªããåçŽã«ç»åãç©åœ¢åäœã§åºåã£ãŠç»ååŠçããæ¹æ³ãããããããªãã¯ãŒã¯ã¡ã¢ãªã®åæžãéæã§ããã   In addition, each rectangular area includes a margin required for image processing of each processing block. Therefore, in order to process the edge of the rectangular image data to be processed, the image data in the adjacent area is processed in rectangular units. There is no need to read out data, and a further reduction in work memory can be achieved as compared with a method in which an image is simply divided into rectangles and processed.
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããç©åœ¢ããŒã¿ã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éåŠçç¶æ ã説æããå³ã§ãããäŸãã°ïŒã€ã®ç©åœ¢ããŒã¿ã®åŠçãçµäºããŠã次ã®ç©åœ¢ããŒã¿ã®ç»åããŒã¿ãïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããããã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®éå§ç¹ã説æããå³ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã   FIG. 25 is a diagram for explaining the DMA transfer processing state of rectangular data in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention. For example, when processing of one rectangular data is completed, the image data of the next rectangular data is DMA transferred. 6 corresponds to a diagram for explaining a starting point in the DMA main scanning direction.
å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãæåã®ç©åœ¢é åã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ãçµäºããç¹ã®ç»çŽ ãŸã§è»¢éãçµäºãããšãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®éå§ç¹ã¯ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒ®ïœïŒïŒ®ïœç»çŽ åæ»ããäœçœ®ïŒå³äžã®ïŒ³ïŒç¹ïŒãšãªãã以äžãé æ¬¡ïŒååã®ç©åœ¢ããŒã¿ã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ãçµäºããïŒåç®ã®æçµã®ç©åœ¢ããŒã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããç¹ã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ã転éããããšã次ã®åã®ç©åœ¢ããŒã¿ã転éããããã«ãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ã·ããããéå§ç¹ã¯ïŒ®ïœïŒïŒ®ïœç»çŽ åæ»ããäœçœ®ïŒå³äžã®ïŒ³ïŒïŒãšãªãã   As shown in FIG. 25, when the DMA of the first rectangular area ABCD is completed and the transfer to the pixel of point D is completed, the start point in the main scanning direction is the position returned by Na + Nb pixels in the main scanning direction (in FIG. 25). S1 point). Thereafter, when the DMA of the rectangular data for one column is sequentially completed and the DMA at the point E corresponding to the final rectangular data of the first column is transferred, the sub-scan is performed to transfer the rectangular data of the next column. The starting point for shifting in the direction is the position returned by Nc + Nd pixels (S2 in the figure).
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ããã第ïŒã®ããŒã¿åŠçæé ã®äžäŸã瀺ããããŒãã£ãŒãã§ãããäŸãã°ã³ããŒã¢ãŒãæã«ãããããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããšãç»ååŠçæé ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®éã®ç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãå¥ã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éåŠçãšãç»ååŠçã説æããããªããïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒã¯åã¹ãããã瀺ãããŸããå³ïŒïŒåã³å³ïŒïŒã§èª¬æããã¢ãã¬ã¹æ å ±ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒãšå¯Ÿå¿ããæ°å€ãäŸç€ºçã«çšããŠãããããã®æ°å€ã«éå®ããããã®ã§ã¯ãªããä»»æã«èšå®ããããšã¯å¯èœã§ããã   FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing an example of a third data processing procedure in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention. For example, the processing corresponds to the data reading in the copy mode and the image processing procedure, and is classified according to the image processing mode at that time. DMA transfer processing and image processing will be described. In addition, (S31)-(S45) show each step. The address information described in FIGS. 26 and 27 uses numerical values corresponding to those in FIG. 22 as an example, but is not limited to these numerical values, and can be set arbitrarily.
ïŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãæã®åŠçïŒ
ãŸããã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãã«ã©ãŒã¢ãŒãã§ããããã¢ãã¯ãã¢ãŒãã§ãããã倿ããŠãã«ã©ãŒã¢ãŒãã§ãããšå€æïŒïŒ¹ïŒ¥ïŒ³ïŒããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããã¢ãã¯ãã¢ãŒãã§ãããšå€æïŒïŒ®ïŒ¯ïŒããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããã
<Processing in copy mode>
First, in step S31, it is determined whether the mode is the color mode or the monochrome mode, and if it is determined that the mode is the color mode (YES), the process proceeds to step S33 to determine that the mode is the monochrome mode (NO). ), The process proceeds to step S32.
ãããŠãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ã¯ãã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãæã®èªã¿åºãã®ããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ å ±ãã以äžã®ããã«èšå®ããã   In step S33, address information for reading in the color copy mode is set as follows.
ã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ³ïŒ¡ïŒïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®å é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFTOPïŒãšãïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®ãšã³ãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFFBOTTOMïŒïŒïŒãšãïŒç©åœ¢æå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ æ°ïŒã®ã代ïŒå·Šã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒãå³ã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒïŒãšãïŒç©åœ¢æå¹å¯èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒïŒã®ã代ïŒäžã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒïŒãäžã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒïŒïŒãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒTOTALWIDTHâãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ-ïŒTOTALWIDTHÃïŒã®ã代ïŒå·ŠïŒïŒç»çŽ ãå³ïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒïŒãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ-ïŒTOTALWIDTHÃïŒã®ã代ïŒäžïŒïŒç»çŽ ãäžïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒïŒæå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ïŒã®ã代ïŒå·ŠïŒïŒç»çŽ ãå³ïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒïŒãšãïŒïŒæå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ïŒç©åœ¢æå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ãšãèšå®ããã   Start address (SA) = memory start address (BUFTOP), UA = memory end address (BUFFBOTTOM) +1, XA = rectangular effective main scanning pixel number + left margin (left margin pixel number (12 pixels), right The number of margin pixels (13 pixels)) and YA = rectangular effective sub-scanning pixel (line) + margin (the number of upper margin pixels (11 pixels (line)), the number of lower margin pixels (11 pixels (line)) ), OFF1A = TOTALWIDTH-XA, OFF2A = â (TOTALWIDTH à YA + margin (12 pixels left, 13 pixels right)), OFF3A = â (TOTALWIDTH à (group margin (upper 11 pixels, lower 11 pixels)) + (Effective main scanning pixel + margin (12 left pixels, 13 right pixels)) and XANUM = effective main scanning pixels / rectangular effective main scanning pixels are set.
ãã®èšå®æã«ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããŠãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããããã«ã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããåçš®ãã©ã¡ãŒã¿ãèšå®ããããã ããTOTALWIDTHïŒïŒããŒãžç»åã®äž»èµ°æ»æå¹ç»çŽ æ°ïŒIMAGEWIDTHïŒïŒå·Šã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒå³ã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ãšããã
  At this time, various parameters corresponding to the mode are set in the
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ã¯ãã¢ãã¯ãã³ããŒã¢ãŒãæã®èªã¿åºãã®ããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ å ±ã以äžã®ããã«èšå®ããã   On the other hand, in step S32, address information for reading in the monochrome copy mode is set as follows.
ã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ³ïŒ¡ïŒïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®å é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFTOPïŒãšãã¡ã¢ãªã®ãšã³ãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFFBOTTOMïŒïŒ1ãšãïŒç©åœ¢æå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ æ°ïŒã®ã代ïŒå·Šã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒãå³ã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒïŒãšãïŒç©åœ¢æå¹å¯èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒïŒã®ã代ïŒäžã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒïŒãäžã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒïŒïŒãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒTOTALWIDTHâãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ-ïŒTOTALWIDTHÃïŒã®ã代ïŒå·ŠïŒç»çŽ ãå³ïŒç»çŽ ïŒïŒãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ-ïŒTOTALWIDTHÃïŒã®ã代ïŒäžïŒç»çŽ ãäžïŒç»çŽ ïŒïŒæå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ïŒã®ã代ïŒå·ŠïŒïŒç»çŽ ãå³ïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒïŒãšãïŒïŒæå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ïŒç©åœ¢æå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ãšãããããèšå®ããããã ããTOTALWIDTHïŒïŒããŒãžç»åã®äž»èµ°æ»æå¹ç»çŽ æ°ïŒIMAGEWIDTHïŒïŒå·Šã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒå³ã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ãšããã   Start address (SA) = memory start address (BUFTOP), memory end address (BUFFBOTTOM) + 1, XA = rectangle effective main scanning pixel number + margin (left margin pixel number (2 pixels), right margin Number of pixels (2 pixels)), YA = rectangular effective sub-scanning pixel (line) + margin (upper margin pixel number (2 pixels (line)), lower margin pixel number (2 pixels (line))) and , OFF1A = TOTALWIDTH-XA, OFF2A =-(TOTALWIDTH x YA + margin (left 2 pixels, right 2 pixels)), OFF3A =-(TOTALWIDTH x (glue margin (top 2 pixels, bottom 2 pixels) + effective main Scan pixel + margin (12 pixels on the left and 13 pixels on the right)) and XANUM = effective main scan pixel / rectangular effective main scan pixel, respectively, where TOTALWIDTH = number of main scan effective pixels of one page image (IMAGEWIDTH ) + Left margin pixel number + Right margin pixel number And
ãã®ããã«ããŠã¹ãããïŒïŒãïŒïŒã«ãããã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ã第ïŒèªã¿åºãããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã«èšå®ããããšãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒãããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããå¯èœãªç¶æ
ã«ãããåŠãã倿ããã
  Thus, when the address information is set in the first read data I /
äŸãã°ããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒããã®èµ·åä¿¡å·ãçºè¡ãããŠããªãå Žåã¯ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã®ãããã¡ã®æ»çã©ã€ã³æ°ãèµ·åã©ã€ã³æ°ã«ãªããTRIGGERä¿¡å·ãçæããããŸã§åŸ
æ©ãããããã¡ãªãŒããå¯èœã§ããã°ãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããã
  For example, if the activation signal from the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠã第ïŒèªã¿åºãããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã¯èšå®ãããã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ã«åŸã£ãŠããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºããããŒã¿èª¿åãŠãããïŒïŒïœã¯æå®ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒïŒã«ããŒã¿ãèšå®ããã
  In step S35, the first read data I /
ãããŠãïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã¯åãã£ã³ãã«ã«èšå®ãããããŒã¿ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®ãããã¯ãããã¡ïŒ²ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããããããã§ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãããããŒã¿ã¯ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®ãããã¡ã«ããŒãã£ã³ã°ãããåç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«åãããç»ååŠçãå®è¡ããããåå¥ã®ç»ååŠçã®å
容ã¯å
ã«èª¬æããã®ã§ãããã§ã¯ãã®è©³çްãªèª¬æã¯çç¥ããã
  The I /
ããŒãã£ã³ã°ãããã·ã§ãŒãã£ã³ã°è£æ£ããŒã¿ãç»åããŒã¿ã¯äžè¿°ã®å
¥åããŒã¿åŠçéšïŒïŒã«ãããé¢é 次ã®ããŒã¿ããç¹é 次ã®ããŒã¿ã«å€æããã以äžã®ç»ååŠçãæœãããã
  The loaded shading correction data and image data are converted from frame sequential data to dot sequential data by the above-described input
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã§ããããã¢ãã¯ãã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã§ãããã倿ããã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã§ãããšå€æããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããŠãæåå€å®åŠçãå®è¡ããã   In step S36, it is determined whether the color copy mode or the monochrome copy mode is selected. If it is determined that the color copy mode is selected, the process proceeds to step S37 to execute the character determination process.
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãã«ã©ãŒã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã§ãªããšå€æãããå Žåã¯ãäŸãã°ã¢ãã¯ãã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã®å Žåã¯ãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒæåå€å®åŠçïŒãã¹ãããããŠãã¹ãããïŒïŒã®ãã£ã«ã¿åŠçãå®è¡ããã¹ãããïŒïŒã§å€ååŠçãå®è¡ããã   On the other hand, if it is determined in step S36 that the color copy mode is not selected, for example, in the case of the monochrome copy mode, step S37 (character determination process) is skipped, the filter process of step S38 is executed, and the process is changed in step S39. Execute double processing.
以äžã®åŠçãç©åœ¢é åã®ããŒã¿ããšã«å®è¡ãããã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãç»ååŠçæžã¿ã®ç¹é 次ã®ç»åããŒã¿ã¯ãç»ååŠçæžã¿ããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽããæå®ã®ã¡ã¢ãªé åã«æŽã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãããæ ŒçŽãããããã®æ ŒçŽåŠçã¯åŸã«è©³çްã«èª¬æããã   The above processing is executed for each piece of rectangular area data. In step S40, the image-processed dot-sequential image data is further DMA-transferred and stored in a predetermined memory area for storing the image-processed data. This storage process will be described in detail later.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãç©åœ¢é åã®ç»ååŠçåã³ãã®ããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽåŠçãå®äºãããåŠã倿ããåŠçãå®äºããŠããªããšå€æããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãåã³ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«æ»ããåæ§ã®åŠçãå®è¡ããã   In step S41, it is determined whether the image processing of the rectangular area and the data storage processing have been completed. If it is determined that the processing has not been completed, the processing returns to step S36 again, and the same processing is executed. .
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãç©åœ¢é åã®åŠçãå®äºãããšå€æããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããŠãããŒãžå
šäœãæ§æããç©åœ¢é åã®åŠçãçµäºãããåŠãã倿ããŠãããŒãžå
šäœã®åŠçãçµäºããŠããªããšå€æããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«æ»ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒããåŸç¶ã®ç»åããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããã®ããŒã¿ã«å¯Ÿããç»ååŠçïŒã¹ãããïŒïŒä»¥éã®ã¹ãããïŒãå®è¡ããã
  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S41 that the processing of the rectangular area has been completed, the process proceeds to step S42 to determine whether or not the processing of the rectangular area constituting the entire page has been completed. If it is determined that the process has not been completed, the process returns to step S34, the subsequent image data is read from the
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãããŒãžåŠçãçµäºãããšå€æããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãçµäºããããšãšãã«ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®ãããã¡ãžã®ããŒã¿æžã蟌ã¿åŠçãçµäºãããã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã«ãããç»ååŠçãçµäºãããæ¬åŠçãçµäºããã
  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S42 that the page processing has been completed, the process proceeds to step S43, the DMA transfer to the scanner
以äžã®åŠçã«ãããã³ããŒã¢ãŒãã§èªã¿åã£ãããŒã¿ã«å¯Ÿããç»ååŠçãå®äºããã   With the above processing, the image processing for the data read in the copy mode is completed.
ïŒã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãæã®åŠçïŒ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£
眮ã«ããã第ïŒã®ããŒã¿åŠçæé ã®äžäŸã瀺ããããŒãã£ãŒãã§ãããäŸãã°ã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãæã«ãããããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããšãç»ååŠçæé ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®éã®ç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãå¥ã®ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éåŠçãšãç»ååŠçã説æããããªããïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒïŒã¯åã¹ãããã瀺ãã
<Processing in scanner mode>
FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing an example of a fourth data processing procedure in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention. For example, the processing corresponds to the reading of data in the scanner mode and the image processing procedure according to the image processing mode at that time. DMA transfer processing and image processing will be described. In addition, (S51)-(S60) show each step.
ãŸããã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒããããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãã以äžã®ããã«èšå®ããã
  First, in step S51, address information for reading data from the
ã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒïŒ³ïŒ¡ïŒïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®å é ã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFTOPïŒãšãïŒã¡ã¢ãªã®ãšã³ãã¢ãã¬ã¹ïŒBUFFBOTTOMïŒïŒïŒãšãïŒç©åœ¢æå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ãšãïŒç©åœ¢æå¹å¯èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒïŒã®ã代ïŒäžã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒïŒïŒãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒTOTALWIDTHâãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ-ïŒTOTALWIDTHÃïŒãšãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ-ïŒTOTALWIDTHÃïŒã®ã代ïŒäžã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒïŒïŒæå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ïŒãšãïŒïŒæå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ïŒç©åœ¢æå¹äž»èµ°æ»ç»çŽ ãšãããããèšå®ããããã ããTOTALWIDTHïŒïŒããŒãžç»åã®äž»èµ°æ»æå¹ç»çŽ æ°ïŒIMAGEWIDTHïŒïŒå·Šã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ïŒå³ã®ã代ç»çŽ æ°ãšããã   Start address (SA) = memory start address (BUFTOP), UA = memory end address (BUFFBOTTOM) +1, XA = rectangular effective main scanning pixel, YA = rectangular effective sub-scanning pixel (line) + margin ( The number of lower margin pixels (one pixel (line))), OFF1A = TOTALWIDTH-XA, OFF2A =-(TOTALWIDTH à YA), OFF3A =-(TOTALWIDTH à (number of margin margin (number of lower margin pixels (1 pixel)) )) + Effective main scanning pixel) and XANUM = effective main scanning pixel / rectangular effective main scanning pixel, respectively, where TOTALWIDTH = number of main scanning effective pixels of one page image (IMAGEWIDTH) + number of left margin pixels + The number of pixels on the right.
ãã®ããã«ããŠãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ã第ïŒèªã¿åºãããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã«èšå®ããããšãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒãããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããå¯èœãªç¶æ
ã«ãããåŠãã倿ããŠãäŸãã°ããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒããã®èµ·åä¿¡å·ãçºè¡ãããŠããªããšå€æããå Žåã¯ããããã¡ã®ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã®æ»çã©ã€ã³æ°ãèµ·åã©ã€ã³æ°ã«ãªããTRIGGERä¿¡å·ãçæããããŸã§åŸ
æ©ãïŒïŒ³ïŒïŒâïŒããããã¡ãªãŒããå¯èœã§ãããšå€æããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããã
  In this way, when the address information is set in the first read data I /
ãããŠãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠã第ïŒèªã¿åºãããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã¯èšå®ãããã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ã«åŸã£ãŠããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºããããŒã¿èª¿åãŠãããïŒïŒïœã¯æå®ã®ãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒãïœïœïŒïŒã«ããŒã¿ãèšå®ããã
  In step S53, the first read data I /
ãããŠãïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã¯åãã£ã³ãã«ã«èšå®ãããããŒã¿ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®ãããã¡ã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããããããã§ãïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãããããŒã¿ã¯ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšã®ãããã¡ã«ããŒãã£ã³ã°ãããåç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«åãããç»ååŠçãå®è¡ãããã該ç»ååŠçã®å
容ã¯å
ã«èª¬æããã®ã§ããã®è©³çްãªèª¬æã¯çç¥ããã
  The I /
ãã®ããã«ããŒãã£ã³ã°ãããç»åããŒã¿ã¯äžè¿°ã®å
¥åããŒã¿åŠçéšïŒïŒã«ãããé¢é 次ã®ããŒã¿ããç¹é 次ã®ããŒã¿ã«å€æãããã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠå€ååŠçãå®è¡ããã
  The image data loaded in this way is converted from the frame sequential data to the dot sequential data by the above-described input
次ã«ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãç»ååŠçæžã¿ã®ç¹é 次ã®ç»åããŒã¿ã¯ãç»ååŠçæžã¿ããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽããæå®ã®ã¡ã¢ãªé åã«æŽã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãããæ ŒçŽãããããã®æ ŒçŽåŠçã¯åŸã«è©³çްã«èª¬æããã   Next, in step S55, the image-processed dot-sequential image data is further DMA-transferred and stored in a predetermined memory area for storing the image-processed data. This storage process will be described in detail later.
ãããŠãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãç©åœ¢é åã®ç»ååŠçåã³ãã®ããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽåŠçãå®äºãããåŠã倿ããåŠçãå®äºããŠããªããšå€æããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãåã³ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«æ»ããåæ§ã®åŠçãå®è¡ããã   In step S56, it is determined whether the image processing of the rectangular area and the data storage processing are completed. If it is determined that the processing is not completed, the process returns to step S54 again, and the same processing is performed. Execute.
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ç©åœ¢é åã®åŠçãå®äºãããšå€æããå ŽåãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããŠãããŒãžå
šäœã®åŠçãçµäºãããåŠãã倿ããŠãããŒãžå
šäœã®åŠçãçµäºããŠããªããšå€æããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«æ»ããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒããåŸç¶ã®ç»åããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããã®ããŒã¿ã«å¯Ÿããç»ååŠçãå®è¡ããã
  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S56 that the processing of the rectangular area has been completed, the process proceeds to step S57 to determine whether the processing for the entire page has been completed. If it is determined, the process returns to step S52, the subsequent image data is read from the
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãããŒãžåŠçãçµäºãããšå€æããå Žåã¯ãåŠçãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ããã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãçµäºããããšãšãã«ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®ãããã¡ãžã®ããŒã¿æžã蟌ã¿åŠçãçµäºãããããã«ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§ãã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã«ãããç»ååŠçãçµäºããŠãæ¬åŠçãçµäºããã
  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S57 that the page processing has been completed, the process proceeds to step S58 to end the DMA transfer to the scanner
以äžã®åŠçã«ãããã¹ãã£ãã¢ãŒãã§èªã¿åã£ãç»åããŒã¿ã«å¯Ÿããç»ååŠçãå®äºããã   With the above processing, the image processing for the image data read in the scanner mode is completed.
ç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããŠãæå®ã®ã®ã代éãå«ãç©åœ¢é åãèšå®ãããã®ç©åœ¢é ååäœã«ç»ååŠçãè¡ãããšã«ãããåç»ååŠçéšã®åå¥ã®ã©ã€ã³ãããã¡ã®ä»åšç¡ãã«æå®ã®ç»ååŠçãå®è¡ããããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã   Depending on the image processing mode, a rectangular area including a predetermined margin is set, and image processing is performed in units of the rectangular area, thereby performing predetermined image processing without intervening individual line buffers in each image processing unit. It becomes possible to execute.
ïŒç»ååŠçæžã¿ããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽïŒ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£
眮ã«ãããç»ååŠçæžã¿ããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽåŠçã説æããå³ã§ãããäŸãã°å€ååŠçãããç©åœ¢ããŒã¿ãå€ååŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ©ïŒ°ïŒïŒïŒããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«è»¢éããåŠçã§ãããäžäŸãšããŠïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ÃïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ã®ç©åœ¢ããŒã¿ãïŒïŒïŒ
ã«çž®å°ããå ŽåãïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ÃïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ãšãªããæ°å€èšç®äžïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ÃïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ã®ç©åœ¢ããŒã¿ãäœãå¿
èŠãããããå°æ°ç¹ä»¥äžã®æ°å€ãåæ ããç»çŽ ããŒã¿ãçæããããšãã§ããªãã®ã§ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åãå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ãïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ãšïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ã®åºçŸç¢ºçãïŒïŒïŒã«ããŠãå
šäœçã«çž®å°åçïŒïŒïŒ
çžåœã®ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ãå®çŸãããã®ã§ããã
<Storage of image processed data>
FIG. 28 is a diagram for explaining the storage processing of the image processed data in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention. For example, the rectangular data subjected to the scaling process is transferred from the scaling process block (LIP) 27 to the
å³ïŒïŒã§ã¯ãç©åœ¢é åã®ãµã€ãºãé åïŒïŒïŒïŒžïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒãïŒïŒïŒïŒžïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒãšäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ç°ãªããïŒïŒïŒïŒ¹ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒãšïŒ¢ïŒïŒïŒïŒ¹ïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»çŽ ïŒãšã§ã¯å¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ããããç©åœ¢é åã®ãµã€ãºãç°ãªã£ãŠãããå€ååŠçã®çµæã«å¿ããŠãµã€ãºãç°ãªãç©åœ¢é åã®åºçŸç¢ºçã¯å¶åŸ¡ãããæå®ã®å€åç»åããŒã¿ãåŸãããšãã§ãããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããŠãç»ååŠçãããããŒã¿ãæ»ãããã«ãïŒïŒ¡ãå¶åŸ¡ããä¿¡å·ã¯å€ååŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ©ïŒ°ïŒïŒïŒããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããŠéç¥ãããïŒå³ïŒïŒïŒã
  In FIG. 28, the size of the rectangular area is different from the areas B11 (XA1 = 180 pixels) and B12 (XA2 = 179 pixels) in the main scanning direction, and the sizes of the subareas are B11 (YA1 = 180 pixels) and B21 (YA2 = 179 pixels). The sizes of the rectangular areas are different in the scanning direction. Appearance probabilities of rectangular areas having different sizes are controlled according to the result of the scaling process, and predetermined scaled image data can be obtained. In order to return the image-processed data to the
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããèŠéšæ§æã説æããå³ã§ããã   FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining a main configuration of the image processing apparatus according to the present invention.
次ã«ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããã¹ãããïŒïŒããã³å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããæ ŒçŽåŠçã«ã€ããŠè©³è¿°ããã   Next, the storage process in step S40 shown in FIG. 26 and step S55 shown in FIG. 27 will be described in detail.
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããå€ååŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ©ïŒ°ïŒïŒïŒããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒãšã®åäœã説æããã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãã§ãããç»ååŠçæžã¿ã®ããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããããã«ãå€ååŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒ¬ïŒ©ïŒ°ïŒïŒïŒããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã«éåºãããããŒã¿åã³ä¿¡å·ã®é¢ä¿ã瀺ãã¿ã€ãã³ã°ãã£ãŒãäŸã§ããã
  FIG. 30 is a timing chart for explaining the operation from the scaling processing block (LIP) 27 to the I /
å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã¯ãç©åœ¢ã®äž»èµ°æ»é·ãå¯èµ°æ»é·ãæªç¥ã®ç¶æ
ã§ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãéå§ãããå€ååŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒããïŒã€ã®ç©åœ¢å
ã«ããã䞻走æ»å¹
ã®æçµããŒã¿ïŒïŒžïŒ¡ïŒãïŒïŒã®è»¢éæã«ã©ã€ã³ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ãåºåããããã®ã©ã€ã³ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ã«ããç©åœ¢ã®äž»èµ°æ»é·ãå€ååŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã«éç¥ãããã
  As shown in FIG. 30, the I /
å€ååŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒããïŒã€ã®ç©åœ¢å
ã®æçµããŒã¿è»¢éæã«ãããã¯ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ãïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããŠåºåãããããã«ãã£ãŠå¯èµ°æ»é·ãèªèããããšãã§ãããå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒã®ããŒã¿ããã¹ãŠåºåããããšãïŒïŒ¡è»¢éãé åïŒïŒãïŒïŒã®åïŒå³ïŒïŒãåç
§ïŒã«ã·ããããŠãåæ§ã«äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã®ããŒã¿ïŒžïŒ¡ãéåºãããïŒïŒ¡ã¯ã©ã€ã³ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ããããã¯ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ã«ããå¶åŸ¡ããããããã«ãããå€ååŠçãããã¯ïŒïŒã®æŒç®çµæã«å¿ããŠåçã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ã®ç©åœ¢é åãåãæ¿ããããšãã§ããããã«ãªãã
  A block end signal is output to the I /
äžè¿°ã®ã©ã€ã³ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ããããã¯ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ãããã³ç¹é 次ã®ç»åããŒã¿ã¯ãïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®ã€ã³ã¿ãšãŒã¹éšïŒïŒïœã«å
¥åããããã®ãã¡ç»åããŒã¿ã¯ãã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽããããã©ã€ã³ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·åã³ãããã¯ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ã¯ããã£ã³ãã«ïŒïœïœïŒïŒã«æ ŒçŽããããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã«å±éããéã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ãšããŠçšããããç¬¬ïŒæžã蟌ã¿ããŒã¿ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïœã¯ããããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹æ
å ±ã«åºã¥ããïœïœïŒã®ããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã«ããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽããã
  The line end signal, block end signal, and dot sequential image data described above are input to the
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£
眮ã«ãããç»åããŒã¿ã®å±éåŠçäŸã説æããå³ã§ãããäŸãã°ã©ã€ã³ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·åã³ãããã¯ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ã«åŸã£ãŠãããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«å±éããç¶æ
ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã
  FIG. 31 is a diagram for explaining an example of image data expansion processing in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention, and corresponds to a state where data is expanded in the
å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãã¯ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éã®ã¹ã¿ãŒãã¢ãã¬ã¹ã瀺ãããã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹ããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ç¹é 次ã®ïŒ²ïŒ§ïŒ¢ããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽããŠãããã©ã€ã³ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ã«åºã¥ããïŒïŒ¡è»¢éã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹ããªãã»ããæ å ±ïŒïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒ¡ïŒã«ããåãæ¿ããå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«1ç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒã·ããããã¢ãã¬ã¹ããåæ§ã«äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽããŠããã   In FIG. 31, SA indicates a start address of DMA transfer, and dot sequential RGB data is stored from this address in the main scanning direction. Based on the line end signal, the DMA transfer address is switched by offset information (OFF1A), and data is similarly stored in the main scanning direction from the address shifted by one pixel (line) in the sub-scanning direction.
ãããŠãç©åœ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®ãããã¯ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ã«åºã¥ããæ¬¡ã®ç©åœ¢é åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããããŒã¿ã®æ ŒçŽã«ç§»è¡ãããïŒïŒ¡è»¢éã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹ã¯ãªãã»ããæ å ±ïŒïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒ¡ïŒã«ããåãæ¿ããããããã®å Žåã®ïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒ¡ã¯ãé åïŒïŒãïŒïŒã«å¯ŸããŠäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒç»çŽ ã·ããããå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒã©ã€ã³ç®ã«ãžã£ã³ãããã¢ãã¬ã¹ãšããŠåãæ¿ããããã   Then, based on the block end signal of the rectangular area (0, 0), the process proceeds to data storage for the next rectangular area (1, 0). The DMA transfer address is switched by the offset information (OFF2A). In this case, OFF2A is switched as an address shifted by one pixel in the main scanning direction with respect to the region (0, 0) and jumped to the first line in the sub-scanning direction.
以äžãåæ§ã«é åïŒïŒãïŒïŒãã»ã»ã»ã»ïŒïœâïŒïŒïŒïŒãïŒïœãïŒïŒãšããŒã¿ãæ ŒçŽããŠãããïœååã®ãããã¯ã®æ ŒçŽãå®äºãããšããªãã»ããæ å ±ïŒïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒã«ããïŒïŒ¡è»¢éã®ã¢ãã¬ã¹ãåãæ¿ããããã®å Žåã®ïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒã¯ãé åïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®æçµã©ã€ã³ã®ç»çŽ ã«å¯ŸããŠå¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒç»çŽ ïŒã©ã€ã³ïŒã·ããããäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åïŒç»çŽ ç®ã«ãžã£ã³ãããã¢ãã¬ã¹ãšããŠåãæ¿ããããã   Hereinafter, similarly, the area (2, 0),... (Nâ1, 0), (n, 0) and data are stored, and when storage of n blocks is completed, the offset information ( The address of DMA transfer is switched by OFF3). In this case, OFF3 is switched as an address that is shifted by one pixel (line) in the sub-scanning direction with respect to the pixel in the last line of the region (0, 0) and jumped to the first pixel in the main scanning direction.
以äžãã¹ãã£ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒïŒã¹ãã£ãç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒãšãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã®å¶åŸ¡ã®èª¬æãè¡ã£ããã以äžãããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã«ã€ããŠèª¬æãè¡ããïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®è©³çްãªå¶åŸ¡ã«ã€ããŠã¯æ¢ã«èª¬æãè¡ã£ãã®ã§æŠèŠã®ã¿ã瀺ãã
  The control of the scanner I /
å³ïŒãåç
§ããŠïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒãããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®æ¥ç¶ç¶æ
ã説æããã
  A connection state of the
ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã¯ãããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã«ããŒã¿ãå
¥åããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒãããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒããã®åºåç»åããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒïŒã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒãšïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒãšã®éã§ããŒã¿ã®æåãå¶åŸ¡ããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒãå«ãã
  The
ïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒãšïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒéã®ããŒã¿åãæž¡ãã¯ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒäžã®äžéãããã¡ãä»ããŠè¡ãããããã®äžéãããã¡ããªã³ã°ãããã¡ãšããŠäœ¿çšããå ŽåãããŒã¿ã®æžã蟌ã¿ãšãèªã¿åºãã調åããããã®ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã䜿çšãããã
  Data exchange between the I /
ããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒãšïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã¯åŸæ¥äŸã®è§£ååºŠå€æéšïŒïŒïŒïŒã«è©²åœãããããã¯ã§ãããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒãšïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ïŒã€ã®ãããã¯ã«åå²ãããŠããã®ã¯ãå°åç³»ãšããŠBJããªã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒãããã¯ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒïŒã®åæ¹ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãè¡ãããã§ããã
  The printer
å°åç³»ã«ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒïŒãæã€è£
眮ã§ã¯ããªã³ã¿ç»ååŠçéšïŒïŒã®åºåããŒã¿ãïŒïŒŠïŒïŒçµç±ã§ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒïŒã«éä¿¡ãå°ååºåããã®ã«å¯ŸããŠãããªã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒãå°åç³»ã®å Žåã¯ïŒµïŒ³ïŒ¢ïŒïŒïŒïŒšïŒ¯ïŒ³ïŒŽïŒïŒïŒãä»ããŠå°åããŒã¿ã¯ïŒ¢ïŒªããªã³ã¿ã«éä¿¡ãå°åããã
  In an apparatus having an
ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°èšé²èšãåããïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã䜿çšãããšãã®ã¿äœ¿çšãããã
  The
ãŸããïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã¯ïœïœïŒïŒïŒã®ïŒã€ã®ãããã¯ããæ§æããããããããã®ãããã¯ã¯ç䟡ã§ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ã®èµ°æ»ããŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããŠãããèµ°æ»ããŒã æ°ãïŒã®æã«ã¯ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒã®ã¿ã䜿çšãããèµ°æ»ããŒã æ°ãïŒã®æã«ã¯ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒïŒïœïœïŒãåã
ã®ããŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ä»ããããŠäœ¿çšããããïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒã¯ïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒïŒã«ãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒã¯ïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒïŒã«æ¥ç¶ãããã
  The LBPI /
ïŒïŒ©ïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®æ§æïŒ
ïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®æ§æã¯åºæ¬çã«ïŒ©ïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®æ§æãšåçã§ããã
<Configuration of I /
The configuration of the I /
ç°ãªãã®ã¯ãããã¡ãã£ã³ãã«ã®æ°ã®ã¿ã§ããã£ã³ãã«æ°ãïŒã§ããããã«ããŒã¿èª¿åãŠãããïŒïŒïœã«è©²åœãããŠãããã¯ãªãã
  The only difference is the number of buffer channels. Since the number of channels is 1, there is no unit corresponding to the
å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®æŠç¥æ§æãšïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒãšã¯æ¥ç¶ãããŠããããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã¯å¶åŸ¡ã¬ãžã¹ã¿ïŒïŒïŒãèªã¿åºãåŽïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ãã£ã³ãã«ããã®è»¢éå®äºä¿¡å·ïŒ²ïœ
ïœïœïŒ¿ïœ
ïœïœä¿¡å·ãæ€åºããèªã¿åºãæŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒãæžã蟌ã¿åŽïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ãã£ã³ãã«ããã®è»¢éå®äºä¿¡å·ïŒ·ïœïœïœïœ
ïœ
ïœïœä¿¡å·ãæ€åºããæžãèŸŒã¿æŽæ°æ€åºéšïŒïŒïŒãäžéãããã¡ïŒã®æ»çéãã«ãŠã³ãããæ»çã«ãŠã³ã¿ïŒïŒïŒãæ»çã©ã€ã³æ°ã«å¿ããŠïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒãžã®å¶åŸ¡ä¿¡å·ãçæããïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£å¶åŸ¡ä¿¡å·çæéšïŒïŒïŒãããªãã
  As shown in FIG. 10, the schematic configuration of the
ïŒïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®æ§æïŒ
ïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®æ§æã¯åºæ¬çã«ïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®æ§æãšåçã§ããã
<Configuration of I /
The configuration of the I /
ç°ãªãã®ã¯ãããã¡ãã£ã³ãã«ã®æ°ã®ã¿ã§ãïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®ãã£ã³ãã«æ°ããïŒãã§ããããã«ããŒã¿èª¿åãŠãããïŒïŒïœã«è©²åœãããŠãããã¯ãªãã
  Only the number of buffer channels is different. Since the number of channels of the I /
ãããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ãæ§æã¯å
šãåãã§ãæ¥ç¶ãããïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒå
ã®ãã£ã³ãã«æ°ãïŒïŒïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒå
ã®ãã£ã³ãã«æ°ãïŒã«ãªã£ãŠããç¹ãç°ãªã£ãŠããã ãã§ããã転éçµäºä¿¡å·ã¯ïŒ©ïŒïŒ¯å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããã§ã¯ã©ã€ã³ãïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã§ã¯ïŒæ¬¡å
ïŒä»¥éã¿ã€ã«ãšèšè¿°ããïŒã®è»¢éçµäºä¿¡å·ããããã¡èª¿åéšïŒïŒã«æ¥ç¶ãããŠãããïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®ã¿ã€ã«è»¢éçµäºä¿¡å·ã䜿çšããã®ã¯åäžã©ã€ã³ãéè€ããŠèªã¿åºãããšã§å¯èµ°æ»æ¹åã®è§£ååºŠå€æãå¯èœã«ããããã§ããã
  The
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããã¢ãŒãèšå®äŸã説æããå³ã§ãããäŸãã°èšé²ã¢ãŒãæ¯ã®DEC_VALUEãTRIGGER_LINEãRING_LINEã®èšå®äŸã§ããã   FIG. 32 is a diagram for explaining an example of mode setting in the image processing apparatus according to the present invention. For example, DEC_VALUE, TRIGGER_LINE, and RING_LINE are set for each recording mode.
ãã®èšå®åã³ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®ïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®èšå®ã¯èšé²åäœã®éå§åã«è¡ããéå§åŸã«èšå®ã倿ŽããªããŠããç¶ç¶çã«ãããã¡ã®ç®¡çãè¡ãããšãåºæ¥ãã
  This setting and the setting of the I /
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºããïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒãžã®ããŒã¿è»¢éãšïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®ãã£ã³ãã«å¯Ÿå¿ã瀺ãå³ã§ãããã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªäžã«ç¢ºä¿ãããäžéãããã¡ïŒïŒïŒããããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºããŠïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒïŒãžåºåãããŸã§ã®æµãã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã
  FIG. 33 is a diagram showing the data transfer to the LBPI /
äŸãã°ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒïŒãïŒããŒã ããªã³ã¿ã§æ§æãããå Žåã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒïŒãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒïŒã®ã¿ã䜿çšãããäžéãããã¡ã«å±éãããå°åã€ã¡ãŒãžãã©ã€ã³é 次ã«ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã«è»¢éããïŒïŒã§å°ååºåããã
  For example, when the
ïŒïŒãïŒããŒã ããªã³ã¿ã§æ§æãããå Žåã¯å³ïŒïŒã®ïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒïŒãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒã¯äžéãããã¡ã«å±éãããå°åã€ã¡ãŒãžã®å¥æ°ã©ã€ã³ãã©ã€ã³é 次ã«ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã«è»¢éããïŒïŒã§å°ååºåãããïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£ïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒïŒãïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒã¯äžéãããã¡ã«å±éãããå°åã€ã¡ãŒãžã®å¶æ°ã©ã€ã³ãã©ã€ã³é 次ã«ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒ©ïŒïŒŠéšïŒïŒã«è»¢éããïŒïŒã§å°ååºåããã
  When the
DEC_VALUEã¯ïŒ¬ïŒ¢ïŒ°ïŒïŒã®ããŒã æ°ã«ãã£ãŠç°ãªããããŒã æ°ãïŒã®æã«ã¯èªã¿åºãåŽã®ïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒïŒã®ã¿ã䜿çšããã®ã§ã転éå®äºä¿¡å·Read_endäžåã®çºçã«å¯ŸããŠã©ã€ã³æ°ïŒã ãæ»çæ°ããæžç®ãããããŒã æ°ãïŒã®æã«ã¯èªã¿åºãåŽã®ïŒ©ïŒïŒ°å¶åŸ¡ãŠãããïŒïŒã®ïœïœïŒïŒã®ã¿ã䜿çšããã®ã§ã転éå®äºä¿¡å·Read_endäžåã®çºçã«å¯ŸããŠã©ã€ã³æ°ïŒã ãæ»çæ°ããæžç®ããã
  DEC_VALUE differs depending on the number of
以äžèª¬æãããšãããã©ã€ã³ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·åã³ãããã¯ã»ãšã³ãä¿¡å·ã«ããããªãã»ããæ
å ±ïŒïŒ¯ïŒŠïŒŠïŒïŒ¡ãïŒïŒ¡ãïŒïŒãåçã«åãæ¿ããããšã«ãããç»ååŠçãããããŒã¿ãã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒïŒã®æå®ã®é åã«ïŒ€ïŒïŒ¡è»¢éããæ ŒçŽããããšãã§ããã
  As described above, the image-processed data is DMA-transferred to a predetermined area of the
ïŒä»ã®å®æœåœ¢æ
ïŒ
äžèšå®æœåœ¢æ
ã§ã¯ãåçš®ç»åå
¥åºåæ©èœãæããè€ååã®ç»ååŠçè£
眮ã§ãæ¬çºæã説æããããæ¬çºæã¯ããã«éããã®ã§ã¯ãªããåæ©èœã®ã¹ãã£ãè£
眮ãããªã³ã¿è£
眮ããããã¯ä»ã®è£
çœ®ã«æ¡åŒµæ¥ç¶ããããã®ãªãã·ã§ã³ã«ãŒãçã«ããé©çšå¯èœã§ããããŸããæ¬çºæã«é¢ããè£
眮ã®ãŠãããæ§æãéå®ãããã®ã§ã¯ãªããäŸãã°ããããã¯ãŒã¯ãä»ããŠæ¥ç¶ãããè€æ°ã®è£
眮ã«ãããéæãããããã«ãæ¬çºæã«é¢ããè£
眮ãŸãã¯ã·ã¹ãã ãæ§æããŠãããã
<Other embodiments>
In the above embodiment, the present invention has been described with a composite image processing apparatus having various image input / output functions. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a single-function scanner apparatus, printer apparatus, or other apparatus. The present invention can also be applied to an option card for expansion connection. Further, the unit configuration of the apparatus related to the present invention is not limited, and for example, the apparatus or system related to the present invention may be configured to be achieved by a plurality of apparatuses connected via a network. .
äžèšå宿œåœ¢æ ã«ããã°ãäžéãããã¡ãä»ããŠç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ãåäœãšããŠå ¥åºåãè¡ãç»åãããã¯ãåããç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã«ãããŠããããã¯éã®äžéãããã¡ã®ãµã€ãºãåŠçå 容ãšèœåã«å¿ããŠæé©åã§ããã   According to each of the above embodiments, in an image processing apparatus including an image block that performs input / output in units of a rectangular shape via an intermediate buffer, the size of the intermediate buffer between blocks can be optimized according to the processing content and capability. .
æŽã«ãäžèšäžéãããã¡ã®å¶åŸ¡ã«æŒããŠãœãããŠãšã¢ã®ãããã¡ç®¡çè² è·ãéæžãããããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã   Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the buffer management load of software in the control of the intermediate buffer.
ãŸããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããç©åœ¢é åãã¡ã¢ãªäžã«èšå®ãããã®ç©åœ¢é åã®åäœãåãæ¿ããããšã«ãããåç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããè§£å床ãé«ç²Ÿåœ©åŠçãå®çŸããããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã   Further, by setting a rectangular area corresponding to the image processing mode on the memory and switching the unit of the rectangular area, it is possible to realize resolution and high-definition processing corresponding to each image processing mode.
ãŸããç»ååŠçã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããŠãæå®ã®ã®ã代éãå«ãç©åœ¢é åãèšå®ãããã®ç©åœ¢é ååäœã«ç»ååŠçãè¡ãããšã«ãããåç»ååŠçéšã®åå¥ã®ã©ã€ã³ãããã¡ã®ä»åšç¡ãã«æå®ã®ç»ååŠçãå®è¡ããããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã   In addition, by setting a rectangular area including a predetermined margin amount according to the image processing mode and performing image processing in units of the rectangular area, a predetermined image can be obtained without intervening individual line buffers in each image processing unit. It becomes possible to execute processing.
以äžãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãã¡ã¢ãªããããåç §ããŠæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãå°å·è£ 眮ã§èªã¿åãå¯èœãªããŒã¿åŠçããã°ã©ã ã®æ§æã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããã   The configuration of a data processing program that can be read by the printing apparatus according to the present invention will be described below with reference to the memory map shown in FIG.
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãæ¬çºæã«ä¿ãå°å·è£ 眮ã§èªã¿åãå¯èœãªåçš®ããŒã¿åŠçããã°ã©ã ãæ ŒçŽããèšæ¶åªäœã®ã¡ã¢ãªãããã説æããå³ã§ããã   FIG. 34 is a diagram illustrating a memory map of a storage medium that stores various data processing programs readable by the printing apparatus according to the present invention.
ãªããç¹ã«å³ç€ºããªãããèšæ¶åªäœã«èšæ¶ãããããã°ã©ã 矀ã管çããæ å ±ãäŸãã°ããŒãžã§ã³æ å ±ïŒäœæè çãèšæ¶ããããã€ãããã°ã©ã èªã¿åºãåŽã®ïŒ¯ïŒ³çã«äŸåããæ å ±ãäŸãã°ããã°ã©ã ãèå¥è¡šç€ºããã¢ã€ã³ã³çãèšæ¶ãããå Žåãããã   Although not particularly illustrated, information for managing a program group stored in the storage medium, for example, version information, creator, etc. is also stored, and information depending on the OS on the program reading side, for example, a program is identified and displayed. Icons may also be stored.
ããã«ãåçš®ããã°ã©ã ã«åŸå±ããããŒã¿ãäžèšãã£ã¬ã¯ããªã«ç®¡çãããŠããããŸããåçš®ããã°ã©ã ãã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ã«ã€ã³ã¹ããŒã«ããããã®ããã°ã©ã ããã€ã³ã¹ããŒã«ããããã°ã©ã ãå§çž®ãããŠããå Žåã«ãè§£åããããã°ã©ã çãèšæ¶ãããå Žåãããã   Further, data depending on various programs is also managed in the directory. In addition, a program for installing various programs in the computer, and a program for decompressing when the program to be installed is compressed may be stored.
æ¬å®æœåœ¢æ ã«ãããå³ïŒïŒïŒå³ïŒïŒïŒå³ïŒïŒïŒå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãæ©èœãå€éšããã€ã³ã¹ããŒã«ãããããã°ã©ã ã«ãã£ãŠããã¹ãã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ã«ããéè¡ãããŠããŠãããããããŠããã®å ŽåãâïŒããã©ãã·ã¥ã¡ã¢ãªãçã®èšæ¶åªäœã«ããããããã¯ãããã¯ãŒã¯ãä»ããŠå€éšã®èšæ¶åªäœãããããã°ã©ã ãå«ãæ å ±çŸ€ãåºåè£ çœ®ã«äŸçµŠãããå Žåã§ãæ¬çºæã¯é©çšããããã®ã§ããã   The functions shown in FIGS. 17, 18, 26, and 27 in this embodiment may be performed by a host computer by a program installed from the outside. In this case, the present invention is applied even when an information group including a program is supplied to the output device from a storage medium such as a CD-ROM, a flash memory, or an FD, or from an external storage medium via a network. Is.
以äžã®ããã«ãåè¿°ãã宿œåœ¢æ ã®æ©èœãå®çŸãããœãããŠãšã¢ã®ããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒããèšé²ããèšæ¶åªäœããã·ã¹ãã ãããã¯è£ 眮ã«äŸçµŠãããã®ã·ã¹ãã ãããã¯è£ 眮ã®ã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ïŒãŸãã¯ïŒ£ïŒ°ïŒµãïŒïŒ°ïŒµïŒãèšæ¶åªäœã«æ ŒçŽãããããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒããèªåºãå®è¡ããããšã«ãã£ãŠããæ¬çºæã®ç®çãéæãããããšã¯èšããŸã§ããªãã   As described above, a storage medium storing software program codes for realizing the functions of the above-described embodiments is supplied to the system or apparatus, and the computer (or CPU or MPU) of the system or apparatus stores the storage medium in the storage medium. It goes without saying that the object of the present invention can also be achieved by reading and executing the programmed program code.
ãã®å Žåãèšæ¶åªäœããèªã¿åºãããããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒãèªäœãæ¬çºæã®æ°èŠãªæ©èœãå®çŸããããšã«ãªãããã®ããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒããèšæ¶ããèšæ¶åªäœã¯æ¬çºæãæ§æããããšã«ãªãã   In this case, the program code itself read from the storage medium realizes the novel function of the present invention, and the storage medium storing the program code constitutes the present invention.
åŸã£ãŠãããã°ã©ã ã®æ©èœãæããŠããã°ããªããžã§ã¯ãã³ãŒããã€ã³ã¿ããªã¿ã«ããå®è¡ãããããã°ã©ã ãã«äŸçµŠããã¹ã¯ãªããããŒã¿çãããã°ã©ã ã®åœ¢æ ãåããªãã   Therefore, as long as it has the function of the program, the form of the program such as an object code, a program executed by an interpreter, or script data supplied to the OS is not limited.
ããã°ã©ã ãäŸçµŠããããã®èšæ¶åªäœãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãã¬ãã·ãã«ãã£ã¹ã¯ãããŒããã£ã¹ã¯ãå ãã£ã¹ã¯ãå ç£æ°ãã£ã¹ã¯ãïŒïŒ¯ãâïŒãâãâãç£æ°ããŒããäžæ®çºæ§ã®ã¡ã¢ãªã«ãŒããïŒããªã©ãçšããããšãã§ããã   As a storage medium for supplying the program, for example, a flexible disk, hard disk, optical disk, magneto-optical disk, MO, CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, magnetic tape, nonvolatile memory card, ROM, DVD, etc. Can be used.
ãã®å Žåãèšæ¶åªäœããèªåºãããããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒãèªäœãåè¿°ãã宿œåœ¢æ ã®æ©èœãå®çŸããããšã«ãªãããã®ããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒããèšæ¶ããèšæ¶åªäœã¯æ¬çºæãæ§æããããšã«ãªãã   In this case, the program code itself read from the storage medium realizes the functions of the above-described embodiments, and the storage medium storing the program code constitutes the present invention.
ãã®ä»ãããã°ã©ã ã®äŸçµŠæ¹æ³ãšããŠã¯ãã¯ã©ã€ã¢ã³ãã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ã®ãã©ãŠã¶ãçšããŠã€ã³ã¿ãŒãããã®ããŒã ããŒãžã«æ¥ç¶ãã該ããŒã ããŒãžããæ¬çºæã®ã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ããã°ã©ã ãã®ãã®ããããã¯ãå§çž®ããèªåã€ã³ã¹ããŒã«æ©èœãå«ããã¡ã€ã«ãããŒããã£ã¹ã¯çã®èšé²åªäœã«ããŠã³ããŒãããããšã«ãã£ãŠãäŸçµŠã§ããããŸããæ¬çºæã®ããã°ã©ã ãæ§æããããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒããè€æ°ã®ãã¡ã€ã«ã«åå²ããããããã®ãã¡ã€ã«ãç°ãªãããŒã ããŒãžããããŠã³ããŒãããããšã«ãã£ãŠãå®çŸå¯èœã§ãããã€ãŸããæ¬çºæã®æ©èœåŠçãã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ã§å®çŸããããã®ããã°ã©ã ãã¡ã€ã«ãè€æ°ã®ãŠãŒã¶ã«å¯ŸããŠããŠã³ããŒãããããµãŒããïœïœïœãµãŒãçãæ¬çºæã®è«æ±é ã«å«ãŸãããã®ã§ããã   As another program supply method, a browser of a client computer is used to connect to a homepage on the Internet, and the computer program itself of the present invention or a compressed file including an automatic installation function is stored on a recording medium such as a hard disk from the homepage. It can also be supplied by downloading. It can also be realized by dividing the program code constituting the program of the present invention into a plurality of files and downloading each file from a different homepage. That is, a WWW server, an ftp server, and the like that allow a plurality of users to download a program file for realizing the functional processing of the present invention on a computer are also included in the claims of the present invention.
ãŸããæ¬çºæã®ããã°ã©ã ãæå·åããŠïŒ£ïŒ€âïŒçã®èšæ¶åªäœã«æ ŒçŽããŠãŠãŒã¶ã«é åžããæå®ã®æ¡ä»¶ãã¯ãªã¢ãããŠãŒã¶ã«å¯Ÿããã€ã³ã¿ãŒããããä»ããŠããŒã ããŒãžããæå·åãè§£ã鵿 å ±ãããŠã³ããŒãããããã®éµæ å ±ã䜿çšããããšã«ããæå·åãããããã°ã©ã ãå®è¡ããŠã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ã«ã€ã³ã¹ããŒã«ãããŠå®çŸããããšãå¯èœã§ããã   In addition, the program of the present invention is encrypted, stored in a storage medium such as a CD-ROM, distributed to users, and key information for decryption is downloaded from a homepage via the Internet to users who have cleared predetermined conditions. It is also possible to execute the encrypted program by using the key information and install the program on a computer.
ãŸããã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ãèªã¿åºããããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒããå®è¡ããããšã«ãããåè¿°ãã宿œåœ¢æ ã®æ©èœãå®çŸãããã ãã§ãªãããã®ããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒãã®æç€ºã«åºã¥ããã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿äžã§çšŒåããŠããïŒãªãã¬ãŒãã£ã³ã°ã·ã¹ãã ïŒçãå®éã®åŠçã®äžéšãŸãã¯å šéšãè¡ãããã®åŠçã«ãã£ãŠåè¿°ãã宿œåœ¢æ ã®æ©èœãå®çŸãããå Žåãå«ãŸããããšã¯èšããŸã§ããªãã   Further, by executing the program code read by the computer, not only the functions of the above-described embodiments are realized, but also an OS (operating system) or the like running on the computer based on the instruction of the program code. It goes without saying that a case where the function of the above-described embodiment is realized by performing part or all of the actual processing and the processing is included.
ããã«ãèšæ¶åªäœããèªã¿åºãããããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒãããã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ã«æ¿å ¥ãããæ©èœæ¡åŒµããŒããã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ã«æ¥ç¶ãããæ©èœæ¡åŒµãŠãããã«åããã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ãŸããåŸããã®ããã°ã©ã ã³ãŒãã®æç€ºã«åºã¥ãããã®æ©èœæ¡åŒµããŒããæ©èœæ¡åŒµãŠãããã«åããçãå®éã®åŠçã®äžéšãŸãã¯å šéšãè¡ãããã®åŠçã«ãã£ãŠåè¿°ãã宿œåœ¢æ ã®æ©èœãå®çŸãããå Žåãå«ãŸããããšã¯èšããŸã§ããªãã   Further, after the program code read from the storage medium is written to a memory provided in a function expansion board inserted into the computer or a function expansion unit connected to the computer, the function expansion is performed based on the instruction of the program code. It goes without saying that the case where the CPU or the like provided in the board or the function expansion unit performs part or all of the actual processing and the functions of the above-described embodiments are realized by the processing.
æ¬çºæã¯äžèšå®æœåœ¢æ ã«éå®ããããã®ã§ã¯ãªããæ¬çºæã®è¶£æšã«åºã¥ãçš®ã ã®å€åœ¢ïŒå宿œåœ¢æ ã®ææ©çãªçµåããå«ãïŒãå¯èœã§ãããããããæ¬çºæã®ç¯å²ããæé€ãããã®ã§ã¯ãªãã   The present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications (including organic combinations of the embodiments) are possible based on the spirit of the present invention, and these are excluded from the scope of the present invention. is not.
æ¬çºæã®æ§ã ãªäŸãšå®æœåœ¢æ ã瀺ããŠèª¬æããããåœæ¥è ã§ããã°ãæ¬çºæã®è¶£æšãšç¯å²ã¯ãæ¬æçŽ°æžå ã®ç¹å®ã®èª¬æã«éå®ãããã®ã§ã¯ãªãã   Although various examples and embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described, those skilled in the art will not limit the spirit and scope of the present invention to the specific description in the present specification.
å°ãæ¬çºæã¯ãäžèšãã宿œã®åœ¢æ ã«éå®ããããã®ã§ã¯ãªããæ¬çºæã®èŠæšãéžè±ããªãç¯å²å ã«ãããŠçš®ã 倿Žãå ãåŸãããšã¯å¿è«ã§ããã   It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and it is needless to say that various modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention.
ïŒïŒ 
ïŒïŒ 
ïŒïŒ 
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒ ãããã¡èª¿åéš
ïŒïŒ ç»ååŠçïŒïŒ¡ïŒ£
ïŒïŒïŒ ã¡ã€ã³ã¡ã¢ãª
15 AFE
17 CCD
18 CIS
77, 78
100 main memory
Claims (10)
åèšæžãèŸŒã¿ææ®µã«ãã£ãŠåèšã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ãŸããåèšç»åããŒã¿ãæå®ã®å¯èµ°æ»å¹ åèç©ããããã©ãã倿ããå€æææ®µãšã
åèšã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ãŸããåèšç»åããŒã¿ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«æå®ã®äž»èµ°æ»å¹ ã§åå²ãã
åèšæå®ã®äž»èµ°æ»å¹ ãšåèšæå®ã®å¯èµ°æ»å¹ ãããªãç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã§åèšç»åããŒã¿ãåèšã¡ã¢ãªããç»ååŠçææ®µã«åºåããããã«ç»åãèªã¿åºãèªåºææ®µãšã
åèšã¡ã¢ãªã«èç©ãããåèšç»åããŒã¿éãåèšç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ã§èªåºãå¯èœã§ãããã©ããã«åºã¥ããŠãåèšèªåºææ®µã«ããåèšç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ã§ã®èªåºããè¡ããã調åããèª¿åææ®µãšã
ãæããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã Writing means for sequentially writing the image data input by the image input means to the memory along the main scanning direction;
Determining means for determining whether the image data written in the memory by the writing means has been accumulated for a predetermined sub-scanning width;
Dividing the image data written in the memory in a main scanning direction with a predetermined main scanning width;
Reading means for reading out the image data in order to output the image data from the memory to the image processing means in a rectangular shape unit comprising the predetermined main scanning width and the predetermined sub-scanning width;
Based on whether or not the image data amount stored in the memory is readable in the rectangular shape, arbitration means for arbitrating to read out the rectangular shape by the reading means;
An image processing apparatus comprising:
åèšæžèŸŒææ®µãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«ïŒã©ã€ã³ã®åèšç»åããŒã¿ãæžã蟌ãŸããããšã«åèšèšæ°ææ®µãã«ãŠã³ãã¢ããããåèšèªåºææ®µããåèšç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœããšã«äž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«åèšïŒã©ã€ã³åèªã¿åºãããšã«æå®æ°æžç®ããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããè«æ±é ïŒèšèŒã®ç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã Counting means for counting the amount of image data stored in the memory;
The writing unit counts up each time the image data of one line is written in the main scanning direction, and the reading unit reads out the one line in the main scanning direction for each rectangular unit. The image processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein a predetermined number is subtracted.
åèšæžèŸŒææ®µã¯ãåèšèç©ææ®µã«èç©ãããç»åããŒã¿ãåèšç»åå ¥åææ®µã®å ¥åæ¹åŒã«ãããã£ãŠåèšã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ã¿åäœãè¡ããåèšèªåºææ®µã¯ãåèšç»åå ¥åææ®µã®å ¥åæ¹åŒã«ãããã«èªã¿åºãããšãç¹åŸŽãšããè«æ±é ïŒãŸãã¯ïŒã«èšèŒã®ç»ååŠçè£ çœ®ã Storage means for temporarily storing the image data input by the image input means according to the input method of the image input means;
The writing means writes the image data stored in the storage means into the memory according to the input method of the image input means, and the reading means reads regardless of the input method of the image input means. The image processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the image processing apparatus is an image processing apparatus.
åèšæžã蟌ã¿ã¹ãããã«ãã£ãŠåèšã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ãŸããåèšç»åããŒã¿ãæå®ã®å¯èµ°æ»å¹ åèç©ããããã©ãã倿ãã倿ã¹ããããšã
åèšã¡ã¢ãªã«æžã蟌ãŸããåèšç»åããŒã¿ãäž»èµ°æ»æ¹åã«æå®ã®äž»èµ°æ»å¹ ã§åå²ããåèšæå®ã®äž»èµ°æ»å¹ ãšåèšæå®ã®å¯èµ°æ»å¹ ãããªãç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶åäœã§åèšç»åããŒã¿ãåèšã¡ã¢ãªããç»ååŠçææ®µã«åºåããããã«ç»åãèªã¿åºãèªåºã¹ããããšã
åèšã¡ã¢ãªã«èç©ãããåèšç»åããŒã¿éãåèšç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ã§ã®èªåºãå¯èœã§ãããã©ããã«åºã¥ããŠãåèšèªåºææ®µã«ããåèšç©åœ¢åœ¢ç¶ã§ã®èªåºããè¡ããã調åãã調åã¹ããããšã
ãæããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããç»ååŠçæ¹æ³ã A writing step of sequentially writing the image data input by the image input means in the memory along the main scanning direction;
A determination step of determining whether or not the image data written in the memory by the writing step has been accumulated for a predetermined sub-scanning width;
The image data written in the memory is divided by a predetermined main scanning width in the main scanning direction, and the image data is read from the memory in units of a rectangular shape including the predetermined main scanning width and the predetermined sub scanning width. A reading step for reading the image for output to the processing means;
An arbitration step for arbitrating to read out the rectangular shape by the reading means based on whether the image data amount stored in the memory is readable in the rectangular shape;
An image processing method comprising:
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2003359581A JP2005124071A (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2003-10-20 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, computer-readable storage medium storing program, and program |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2003359581A JP2005124071A (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2003-10-20 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, computer-readable storage medium storing program, and program |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| JP2005124071A true JP2005124071A (en) | 2005-05-12 |
Family
ID=34615761
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2003359581A Pending JP2005124071A (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2003-10-20 | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, computer-readable storage medium storing program, and program |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP2005124071A (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2008299519A (en) * | 2007-05-30 | 2008-12-11 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Image processing device |
-
2003
- 2003-10-20 JP JP2003359581A patent/JP2005124071A/en active Pending
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2008299519A (en) * | 2007-05-30 | 2008-12-11 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Image processing device |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US7495669B2 (en) | Image processing apparatus and image processing method | |
| US7123385B2 (en) | Image processing apparatus | |
| US7817297B2 (en) | Image processing apparatus and image processing method | |
| JP3732702B2 (en) | Image processing device | |
| JP3939855B2 (en) | Double-sided original reading method and apparatus | |
| JP2004220584A (en) | Image processing apparatus and image processing method | |
| JP3870190B2 (en) | Image processing device | |
| KR100386095B1 (en) | Method and apparatus for processing images,and a computer product | |
| JP4384124B2 (en) | Image processing apparatus and image processing method | |
| US7072058B1 (en) | Image processing apparatus | |
| US8264730B2 (en) | Image processing apparatus and image forming apparatus | |
| US6930808B2 (en) | Image processing apparatus and method | |
| JP2005124071A (en) | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, computer-readable storage medium storing program, and program | |
| US6963420B1 (en) | Image processing apparatus | |
| JP2005173926A (en) | Image processing apparatus, method, program, and storage medium | |
| JPH10178537A (en) | Image processing apparatus and method | |
| JP4328608B2 (en) | Image processing apparatus, method, program, and storage medium | |
| US5245446A (en) | Image processing system | |
| JP2000032258A (en) | Image processing apparatus and image processing method | |
| JP4328609B2 (en) | Image processing apparatus, method, program, and storage medium | |
| JP3887135B2 (en) | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer-readable recording medium storing program for causing computer to execute the method | |
| JP2007110605A (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
| JP2007194955A (en) | Image processing device | |
| JP2007058878A (en) | Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and computer-readable recording medium storing program for causing computer to execute the method | |
| JP2003281515A (en) | Image processing apparatus and method |